Interroll Motorised Drums by Texam Limited

en-UK MAR/2011

Art has a positive influence on the work environment and the internal processes governing channel this creative potential to create a dialogue Europe

which the spirit of thought is allowed to flourish.

Austria Tel +49 2193 23 187 at.sales@interroll.com Belgium Tel. +49 2193 23 259 be.sales@interroll.com Czech Republic Interroll CZ, s.r.o. Na Řádku 7/3172 69002 Břeclav Czech Republic Tel + 420 519 330 210 cz.sales@interroll.com Denmark Interroll Nordic A/S Hammerholmen 2-6 2650 Hvidovre Denmark Tel + 45 36 88 33 33 dk.sales@interroll.com Finland Interroll Nordic A/S Martinkyläntie 53 01720 Vantaa Finland Tel + 358 9 54 94 94 00 fi.sales@interroll.com France Interroll SAS Z.I. De Kerannou-BP34 29250 Saint-Pol-de-Leon France Tel + 33 2 98 24 4100 fr.sales@interroll.com Germany Interroll Fördertechnik GmbH Höferhof 16 42929 Wermelskirchen Germany Tel + 49 2193 23 0 de.sales@interroll.com

He lives in dreams. He loves the dark arts and

This Berliner artist allowed his unusual works

arising out of the unconscious. All this is what

to convert the familiar into the alien and

Steffen Geisler represents in grandiose

the alien into the familiar when his art was

spatial art with theatre-

exhibited at Interroll‘s Swiss headquarters in

like installations

Sant‘Antonino – thus, he provokes. To think

and bold imagery.

about – to rethink – to consider in advance. He stimulates the explorer‘s spirit and challenges toward innovative creativity. Exactly into that which turns even good conveyor technology into something decisively better.

Hungary Lörincz Kft. Kastély U.27 Pf. 57 2045 Törökbálint Hungary Tel + 36 23 337 891 hu.sales@interroll.com Iceland IBH ehf Dugguvogur 10 104 Reykjavik Iceland Tel + 354 562 6858 ingi@ibh.ehf.is Italy Rulli Rulmeca S.P.A. Via Arturo Toscanini 1 24011 Almé (Bg) Italy Tel + 39 035 43 00 111 vendite@rulmeca.it Luxembourg Tel +49 2193 23 259 be.sales@interroll.com Netherlands Tel +49 2193 23 151 nl.sales@interroll.com

Norway Interroll A /S Kobbervikdalen 65 3036 Drammen Norway Tel + 47 32 88 26 00 no.sales@interroll.com Poland Interroll Polska Sp. z o.o. ul. Płochocińska 85 03-044 Warszawa Poland Tel +48 22 741 741 0 pl.sales@interroll.com Portugal Rulmeca de Portugal, LDA Parque Industrial do Tortosendo Edifício Parkurbis, Loja 7 Apartado 113 6200-865 Tortosendo Portugal Tel +351 275 33 07 80 rulmeca@rulmeca-interroll.pt Romania Krako International SRL Str. Sfanta Maria 1-5 Bl. 10A4 Sc 1 Apt 4 Sector 1 001494 Bucuresti Romania Tel + 40 21 260 2050 ro.sales@interroll.com Slovenia 3-TEC, prehrambenatehnologija-hlajenje Dravska ulica 7 1000 Ljubljana Slovenija Tel + 386 1 56 56 370 si.sales@interroll.com Spain Interroll España S.A. Parc Tecnològic del Vallès C/Dels Argenters, 5 Edificio 1 Bp y Cp 08290 Cerdanyola del Vallès Barcelona Spain Tel + 34 90 211 0860 es.sales@interroll.com Sweden Interroll Nordic A/S Karlsrovägen 64 302 41 Halmstad Sweden Tel + 46 35 227 077 se.sales@interroll.com Switzerland Tel. +49 2193 23 190 ch.sales@interroll.com United Kingdom Interroll Ltd. Brunel Road Corby, Northants NN17 4UX United Kingdom Tel + 44 1536 200 322 gb.sales@interroll.com Africa South Africa Interroll South Africa (Pty) Ltd Box 327 Isando 1600 Gauteng South Africa Tel + 27 11 281 99 00 za.sales@interroll.com

North and South America Canada Interroll Checkstand 8900 Keele Street Unit 2 & 3 Concord, Ontario L4K 2N2 Canada Tel +1 905 660 4426 ca.sales@interroll.com

Japan Interroll Japan Co. Ltd. 302-1 Shimokuzawa Midori-ku Sagamihara-shi Kanagawa 252- 0134 Japan Tel + 81 42 764 2677 jp.sales@interroll.com

Interroll Canada Ltd. 1201 Gorham Street Newmarket Ontario L3Y 8Y2 Canada Tel +1 905 727 33 99 ca.sales@interroll.com

Korea Interroll (Korea) Co. Ltd. Rm 301 Dongsan Bldg. 333-60 Shindang-Dong 100-826 Choong Ku, Seoul Tel + 82 2 2231 19 00 kr.sales@interroll.com

USA Interroll Corporation 3000 Corporate Drive Wilmington, N.C. 28405 USA Tel +1 910 799 1100 us.sales@interroll.com

Singapore Interroll (Asia) Pte. Ltd. 386 Jalan Ahmad Ibrahim Jurong 629156 Singapore Republic of Singapore Tel + 65 6266 6322 sg.sales@interroll.com

Interroll Automation LLC 5035 Keystone Boulevard Jeffersonville, IN 47130 USA Tel +1 812 284 1000 us.sales@interroll.com

Sri Lanka Colombo Machinery & Equipment Ltd. No: 102, Fife Road Colombo 05 Sri Lanka Tel + 94 11 250 0078/79 lk.sales@interroll.com

Interroll Dynamic Storage, Inc. 232 Duncan Circle Hiram, GA 30141 USA Tel +1 770 943 15 41 ca.sales@interroll.com Brazil Interroll Logística Elementos para Sistemas Transportadores Ltda Rua Dom João VI 555 - Parque Industrial SA Pindamonhangaba - SP CEP 12412- 805 Brazil Tel + 55 (0)12 3648 8021 br.sales@interroll.com Asia China Interroll (Suzhou) Co. Ltd. Block B & C Ecological Science Hub No. 1 Ke Zhi Road Suzhou Industrial Park Jiangsu Province China Postal Code: 215021 Tel + 86 512 62560383 cn.sales@interroll.com India Interroll Drives and Rollers India Pvt. Ltd. No. 276, 4th main, 4th phase Peenya Industrial Area Bangalore-560058 India Tel + 91080 41272666 in.sales@interroll.com Israel Comtrans-Tech Ltd. P.O.B. 17433 Tel-Aviv 61174 Israel Tel + 972 54 4272747 il.sales@interroll.com

Taiwan First Auto-Transfer Equipment Co. Ltd 8F-3, No: 65, Song De Road Hsin Yi District Taipei 11076 Taiwan Tel + 886 2 27 59 88 69 tw.sales@interroll.com Thailand Interroll (Thailand) Co. Ltd. 700/685, Moo 1 Amata Nakorn Panthong, Chonburi 20160 Thailand Tel + 66 3 844 7448 th.sales@interroll.com Australia and New Zealand Australia Interroll Australia Pty. Ltd. 70 Keon Parade Thomastown Victoria 3074 Australia Tel + 61 3 94 60 21 55 au.sales@interroll.com New Zealand Automation Equipment (NZ) Ltd. 26 Tawn Place, Pukete, Hamilton New Zealand Tel + 64 (7) 849 0281 nz.sales@interroll.com Headquarter Interroll (Schweiz AG) + 41 91 850 25 25 info@interroll.com

www.interroll.com

en-UK MAR/2011

communication and to establish an environment in

Drum mOtors

that embraces art and business as vehicles of

en-UK MAR/2011. DW

Interroll – C o r po r at e A rt

these structures. Interroll Corporate Art is to

D R U M M O T O R S

Ta b l e o f C o n t e n ts Which drum motor is suitable for your application? Friction Drive Belt Application

Positive Drive Belt or Non-Belt Application

Consider Environmental Conditions

Calculate

Calculate T2

Choose Standard Drum Motor

Choose Cool-Running Drum Motor

Choose Frequency Converter if Required

Choose Frequency Converter

Don’t Use Frequency Converter

Choose Options and Accessories

Interroll worldwide Interroll‘s Intralogistics Interroll Product Overview Introduction to Interroll Drum Motors Applications for Interroll Drum Motors Standard Drum Motors for All Applications 80S 80i 113S 113i 138i 165i 216i 217i 315i

Table of Contents

Page 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 22 28 36 46 56 66 76 84

Cool-Running Drum Motors for Positive Drive Belts and Non-Belt Applications 80i – Derated 113i – Derated 138i – Derated 165i – Derated 216i – Derated

90 92 98 108 118 128

Options Lagging for Friction Drive Belts Lagging for Positive Drive Belts Sprockets for Plastic Modular Belts Backstops Dynamic Balancing Electromagnetic Brakes Rectifiers Encoders

138 140 146 152 158 159 160 162 166

Mounting Brackets Idler Pulleys Drive Pulleys Conveyor Rollers Frequency Converters

170 174 188 196 202 206

Accessories

Planning Section Material Specification Connection Diagrams

212 260 270

www.interroll.com

Interroll Company Profiles

The Interroll Wo r l dwid e Group

Interroll is one of the worldâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;s leading manufacturers of key products for unit load handling systems, internal logistics and automation.

The Interroll solutions are used primarily within the area

Interroll has 1,500 employees working in 28 companies

of food processing, airport logistics, postal services,

and is listed on the SIX Swiss Exchange.

distribution and in various segments of industry.

Managed by a strategic holding company based in

The products include easy-to-integrate drive solutions

Santâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;Antonino, Switzerland, the group operates with

such as drum motors for belt conveyors, DC-powered

two business divisions: "Global Sales & Service"

and non-powered rollers for conveyor systems;

markets and distributes the full range of Interroll

energy-efficient flow storage modules for compact

products according to specified target markets,

pallet/container racking systems in distribution centres;

while "Products & Technology" oversees the global

crossbelt sorters, belt curves and other user-friendly

Centres of Excellence and other production sites,

conveyor modules for cost-efficient material flow

with responsibilities ranging from R&D, Product

systems.

Management and Strategic Purchasing to Production Technology and Manufacturing.

Interroll serves more than 23,000 customers, mainly multinational companies and system integrators as well as engineering specialists, regional plant manufacturers and users.

Interrollâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;s key markets

Food & Beverage Industry

Manufacturing

Parcel, Postal and Courier

Distribution

Airport Industry

Health Care Industry

www.interroll.com

Interroll‘s Intralogistics

Interroll – T h e H e a rt o f I n t r a lo gi st ic s

Conveying

Linking and Distributing

Storage and Picking

With an experienced eye for the big picture, we offer

Millions of items travel through the world’s flow of goods

Efficient and user-friendly: the dynamic storage

you the kind of products that are versatile and essential

every day. Ever more varied, individually commissioned

solution that operates without energy. It is designed

building blocks in the portfolio of any successful planner

products must be delivered on time to the correct

for fast-moving goods (e. g. groceries) that have to be

or developer.

destination. This is a trend that requires a performance-

picked and quickly conveyed to consumers.

based logistics system with economic material flow

The principle is as simple as it is ingenious.

solutions. Interroll’s innovative conveyor modules and

It is known as FIFO, First in – First out, and guarantees

subsystems are always ready for systems and their key

that what has been stored first is also picked first.

locations:

Or LIFO, Last in – First out, when what has been

•

Crossbelt Sorters

stored last is picked first. It means making maximum

•

Belt Curves and Belt Merges

use of minimal space. And because the needs of our

•

Intelliveyor Conveyor Modules

customers are as diverse as their products, our central

with zero-pressure accumulation

and peripheral subsystems offer unlimited design

•

Roller Conveyors

options.

•

Belt Conveyors

•

Flow Storage

•

Wheel Flow

•

Pushback

•

Flex Flow

•

Conveyor Rollers

•

Drum Motors and Idler Pulleys

•

24 V DC Drives (RollerDrives)

•

Controllers for RollerDrives and Drum Motors

Our product portfolio represents a proven quality standard for dynamic, efficient material flow across all continents and in all sectors. Interroll solutions convey, accumulate, insert, remove and combine goods. Powered or with gravity. With or without accumulation pressure. Easy to install drive solutions for new plants or to refurbish existing plants. Excellent products that will

Precisely pre-assembled at the factory and rapidly

pay for themselves and that you can rely on.

delivered, the conveyor modules and subsystems can

In every aspect.

be easily integrated into the larger complete system – plug and play. The conveyor modules and subsystems

The picking times can scarcely be beaten. The return

provide users with key assurances: excellent availability

on investment for the operator is less than two years.

whilst being easy to use; outstanding efficiency even

Of course, "Just in Time" comes as standard.

at low throughput volumes; efficient investment with a short period of return on investment (two to three years); adaptability in the event of change.

www.interroll.com

Interroll

Product Overview

1 4 13

Interroll – T h e MOST g l o b a l p r o v id e r o f key products f o r m at e r i a l Handling solutions

8 11 12 9

10 5

FIFO - Pallet flow storage modules (Conveyor Rollers)

LIFO - Pallet flow storage modules (Conveyor Rollers)

LIFO - Pallet flow storage modules (Cart Pushback)

Order picking racking with Carton Flow (Roller Track)

Order picking racking with Flex Flow

Drum Motors, Idler Pulleys, brackets

24 V DC RollerDrives and Controls

Conveyor Rollers and Accessories

Idler Pulleys

10 Crossbelt Sorters 11 Belt Curves 12 Belt Conveyor Modules 13 Intelliveyor Modules for zero pressure accumulation (ZPA) Conveyors

Standard Drum Motors

p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors

p 90

Options

p 138

Accessories

p 170

Refer to the Planning Section from p 212 for help with planning and design

Visit www.interroll.com for information on other Interroll products

Introduction

I n t r o d u c t i o n to I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto rs 99 Plug and play

99 Hard-wearing

99 Hygienic design

99 Energy efficient

Standard Drum Motors p 12

99 Higher output

In the material handling industry where it is common to use worm geared motors, approximately 75 % of the mechanical efficiency is transferred to the belt. An Interroll Drum Motor transfers up to 97 %.

99 Space-saving

Interroll Drum Motors will keep operating at 100 % even in harmful environmental conditions, such as water, dust, grit, chemicals, grease, oil and even during high pressure wash-down procedures.

Because the motor, gearbox and bearings are mounted within the drum shell, the drum motor takes up much less space.

99 Safe

Due to the smooth, stainless steel finish and the hermetically sealed and totally enclosed design, Interroll Drum Motors are much easier to clean and therefore reduce the risk of contamination in food processing.

As a self-contained component without protruding parts and with fixed external shafts, an Interroll Drum Motor is probably the safest drive unit available for state-of-the-art material handling equipment.

99 Maintenance-free

The sealed-for-life design ensures that the internal parts are unaffected by external conditions and maintains trouble free conveying for all kinds of applications.

Interroll Drum Motors are much quicker and easier to install than conventional drive systems, requiring less than a quarter of the time needed to fit a multicomponent drive. Fewer parts mean reduced costs for conveyor design and purchasing of parts.

Compared with many geared motor drives commonly used in industry today, Interroll Drum Motors can use up to 32 % less energy, thus helping to reduce the global carbon footprint.

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

Driven Without frequency converter With frequency converter

Friction drive belts

Positive drive belts: Plastic modular belts

Positive drive belts: Thermoplastic non-modular belts

Non-belt applications

Standard drum motor

Cool-running drum motor

Standard drum motor

Applications

A p p l ic at i o n s f o r I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto rs 99 Friction drive belts 99 Plastic modular belts 99 Thermoplastic non-modular belts 99 Non-belt applications

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Applications with friction drive belts use the friction between the drum motor shell and belt to drive the belt. Flat belts are one type of friction drive belt. In these applications the motor is cooled by the belt. Applications with plastic modular belts are driven positively: the profiled lagging or sprockets of the drum motor shell fit perfectly into the profile of the plastic modular belt. In order to prevent overheating of the drum motor, use either a cool-running drum motor or a standard drum motor with frequency converter. Thermoplastic belts are another kind of positive drive belt. In this case the profile of the lower side of the belt fits into the profiled lagging of the drum motor shell. In order to prevent overheating of the drum motor, use either a cool-running drum motor or a standard drum motor with frequency converter. Some applications do not use belts or they can be fitted with a brush for cleaning applications for example. In order to prevent overheating of the drum motor, use either a cool-running drum motor or frequency converter.

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

ÂÂ Standard drum motor without frequency converter •

p 12

For friction drive belt applications

ÂÂ Standard drum motor with frequency converter •

For friction drive belt applications

•

For plastic modular belt applications

•

For applications with thermoplastic non-modular belts

•

For non-belt applications

ÂÂ Cool-running drum motor

p 12

p 90 •

For plastic modular belt applications

•

For applications with thermoplastic non-modular belts

•

For non-belt applications

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Standard Drum Motors Overview

Overview of Sta n da r d D r u m M oto r s 80S

80i

113S

113i

138i

165i

216i

217i

315i

Diameter

81.5 mm

113.3 mm

113.5 mm

138.0 mm

164.0 mm

217.5 mm

320 mm

Gear material

Techno-polymers

Steel

Techno-polymers

Steel

Rated power

0.025 to 0.11 kW

0.018 to 0.12 kW

0.04 to 0.33 kW

0.035 to 0.37 kW

0.09 to 1.0 kW

0.37 to 2.2 kW

0.37 to 1.1 kW

1.1 to 3.0 kW

1.5 to 5.5 kW

Rated torque

2.0 to 21.4 Nm

2.8 to 26.8 Nm

3.1 to 43.8 Nm

8.1 to 86.4 Nm

17.8 to 174.4 Nm

30.4 to 383.7 Nm

30.4 to 365.2 Nm

90.5 to 533.6 Nm

252.7 to 965.2 Nm

Belt pull

49 to 525 N

68 to 657 N

55 to 772 N

143 to 1,522 N

258 to 2,527 N

371 to 4,679 N

280 to 3,358 N

832 to 4,907 N

1,580 to 6,032 N

Velocity of the shell

0.05 to 0.91 m/s

0.05 to 0.98 m/s

0.07 to 2.12 m/s

0.05 to 1.51 m/s

0.04 to 2.01 m/s

0.08 to 2.53 m/s

0.11 to 3.36 m/s

0.25 to 2.56 m/s

0.31 to 3.34 m/s

Shell length SL

260 to 952 mm

193 to 943 mm

240 to 1,090 mm

250 to 1,200 mm

300 to 1,600 mm

400 to 1,600 mm

500 to 1,600 mm

500 to 1,750 mm

Friction drive belt

Positive drive belt

Without belt

see page 14

see page 22

see page 28

see page 36

see page 46

see page 56

see page 66

see page 76

see page 84

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 S Applications

Characteristics

Standard

Compact premium drive for small light-duty conveyors

Product Description

Material Versions

Because of its strength, reliability and zero maintenance, this drum motor is perfect for small infeed conveyors,

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

packaging equipment and transfer conveyors.

on the material of the components.

99 Small light-duty conveyors

99 Food processing

99 Cross belt feed conveyors

99 Supermarket checkout conveyors

99 Light-duty packaging equipment

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 3-phase or 1-phase AC induction motor

99 Lightweight

99 Single-rated voltage

99 Maintenance-free

99 Integral motor protection

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Techno-polymer planetary gearbox

99 Reversible

99 Low noise

Component

Version

Crowned Cylindrical Special crowns and grooves

End housing

Standard

Shaft cap

Standard

ü ü ü

With cable protection Note: For applications without belt please use a frequency converter.

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage Frequency Internal shaft sealing system External shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor Ambient temperature, 1-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Regreasable Electrical connector

Asynchronous squirrel cage motor, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) Class F, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) 230/400 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) Special voltage on request 50/60 Hz Double-lipped, NBR Deflection seal, NBR IP66 Bi-metal switch +5 to +40 °C +10 to +40 °C 952 mm

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

80S

Material Aluminium

Shell

Drum Motors

Mild steel

Stainless steel

ü ü ü

ü ü ü ü

ü ü ü

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Straight gland with blue cover for screened cable Straight gland with copper stocking Straight gland with copper stocking and blue cover Terminal box

Brass / Nickel

ü ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

•

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

Accessories

Order Information

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 S Product Range

Compact premium drive for small light-duty conveyors

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page.

kW 0.025

115.20 96.00 78.55 71.56 19.20 16.00 13.09 115.20 96.00 78.55 71.56 63.51 52.92 48.79 43.30 19.20 16.00 13.09 96.00 78.55 71.56 63.51 52.92 48.79 43.30 19.20 16.00 13.09 78.55 71.56 63.51 52.92 48.79 43.30 19.20 16.00 13.09 63.51 52.92 48.79 43.30 19.20 16.00 13.09

m/s 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.08 0.29 0.35 0.43 0.10 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.24 0.27 0.61 0.73 0.90 0.12 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.24 0.27 0.61 0.73 0.90 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.22 0.24 0.27 0.61 0.73 0.90 0.18 0.22 0.24 0.27 0.61 0.73 0.90

min 11.5 13.8 16.8 18.4 68.8 82.5 100.8 23.9 28.6 35.0 38.4 43.3 52.0 56.4 63.5 143.2 171.9 210.1 28.6 35.0 38.4 43.3 52.0 56.4 63.5 143.2 171.9 210.1 35.0 38.4 43.3 52.0 56.4 63.5 143.2 171.9 210.1 43.3 52.0 56.4 63.5 143.2 171.9 210.1

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

m/s

min

0.04

78.55

0.07

71.56

SLmin

App.

16.8

19.5

479

2,000

295

0.08

18.4

17.8

437

2,000

295

63.51

0.09

20.8

15.8

387

2,000

295

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

-1

0.05

115.20

0.10

23.9

16.8

412

2,000

270

0.06

19.20

0.29

68.8

7.5

183

2,000

295

16.00

0.35

82.5

6.2

152

2,000

295

13.09

0.43

100.8

5.1

125

2,000

295

0.075

96.00

0.13

29.4

20.6

505

2,000

270

0.085

78.55

0.15

35.6

19.5

479

2,000

270

71.56

0.17

39.1

17.8

437

2,000

270

63.51

0.19

44.1

15.8

387

2,000

270

52.92

0.23

52.9

13.2

323

2,000

270

48.79

0.24

57.4

12.1

298

2,000

270

43.30

0.28

64.7

10.8

264

2,000

270

19.20

0.62

145.8

5.0

123

1,500

270

16.00

0.75

175.0

4.2

103

1,500

270

13.09

0.91

213.9

3.4

1,500

270

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

0.05

0.075

Rated power Number of poles Gear stages Gear ratio Rated velocity of the shell Rated revolutions of the shell Rated torque of drum motor Rated belt pull of drum motor Max. belt tension Min. shell length

0.085

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

0.11

Drum Motors 80S

Mechanical data for 1-phase motors

The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Motor versions

Standard

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

-1

SLmin

App.

Nm 17.8 14.8 12.1 11.0 3.1 2.6 2.1 16.8 14.0 11.4 10.4 9.3 7.7 7.1 6.3 2.9 2.5 2.0 21.4 17.5 16.0 14.2 11.8 10.9 9.7 4.5 3.8 3.1 20.2 18.4 16.3 13.6 12.6 11.1 5.2 4.3 3.5 20.7 17.2 15.9 14.1 6.6 5.5 4.5

N 436 364 297 271 77 64 52 412 343 281 256 227 189 175 155 72 60 49 525 430 391 347 290 267 237 111 92 75 496 452 401 334 308 273 128 106 87 508 423 390 346 162 135 110

N 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500

mm 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 270 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285 285

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 S Electrical data for 3-phase motors PN

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

0.04

0.05

0.06

0.075

0.085

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

0.71 0.43 0.46 0.22 0.79 0.46 0.51 0.30 0.53 0.32

0.65 0.65 0.57 0.71 0.65 0.65 0.69 0.70 0.73 0.74

0.21 0.21 0.47 0.45 0.29 0.29 0.53 0.51 0.55 0.52

1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0 1.0

1.8 1.8 4.6 4.4 1.8 1.8 4.6 4.5 4.6 4.5

1.60 1.60 3.82 2.35 1.60 1.60 2.50 2.50 2.24 2.24

1.60 1.60 3.82 2.53 1.60 1.60 2.50 2.50 2.24 2.24

105.0 15 105.0 74.2 10 342.0 105.0 16 105.0 74.2 13 226.0 74.2 14 226.0 -

IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star V DC

Standard

Compact premium drive for small light-duty conveyors

Drum Motors 80S

Cable Specifications

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

44 80 47 71 80

•

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 m Note: Only one voltage available with screened and halogen-free cables.

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Electrical data for 1-phase motors PN

cos φ η

IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

0.025 0.05 0.075 0.085 0.11

4 2 2 2 2

230 230 230 230 230

0.39 0.54 0.68 0.73 0.94

1.00 1.00 1.00 0.98 1.00

0.28 0.40 0.48 0.53 0.51

1.2 0.9 1.0 1.3 1.2

2.2 3.1 3.2 5.2 2.0

1.11 0.94 0.74 0.93 0.73

1.37 1.71 1.37 1.60 1.15

150.0 82.0 66.0 52.0 51.0

44 33 34 28 36

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star USH ∿

USH ~

Rated power Number of poles Rated voltage Rated current Power factor Efficiency Rotor moment of inertia Ratio of starting current to rated current Ratio of starting torque to rated torque Ratio of pull-up torque to rated torque Ratio of break-down torque to rated torque Phase resistance Preheating voltage in delta connection Preheating voltage in star connection Preheating voltage in single phase

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 S

Standard

Compact premium drive for small light-duty conveyors

Drum Motors 80S

Dimensions 55

Standard

AGL = SL + 56 20

EL = SL + 16

FW = SL + 10

14 17

ØA

Ø45

ØB

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Gland, copper stocking, 1/3

Ø95

dimensions

1/3

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium

blue cover

8 18

ØB mm

80S crowned shell length SL 260 to 602 mm 80S crowned shell length SL 602 to 952 mm 80S cylindrical shell length SL 260 to 602 mm 80S cylindrical shell length SL 602 to 952 mm

81.5 83.0 80.5 83.0

80.0 81.0 80.5 83.0

2.2

Connector

Ø99

ØA mm

Type

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

20°

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel

20.5

M20 x 1.5

dimensions

Fig.: Shaft cap, standard,

Fig.: Shaft cap with cable

Fig.: Straight connector with

aluminium

protection

regreasable shaft cap,

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

260 4.6

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

802 852 11.5 12

270 4.7

285 5.2

Standard length 302 5.3

352 5.7

402 6.1

452 6.5

502 6.9

552 7.3

602 7.7

652 10

702 752 10.5 11

and weight

902 952 12.5 13

stainless steel 25

Ø30

Fig.: Elbow connector with

Fig.: Gland, screened cable,

regreasable shaft cap, stainless steel

blue cover

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Fig.: Gland, copper stocking

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 i Applications

Characteristics

Compact and robust drive for small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

The drum motor is perfect for high torque applications with limited space or access.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Pharmaceutical handling

on the material of the components.

99 Packaging equipment

99 Food processing

99 Dynamic weighing equipment

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Metal detectors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 543 mm

Component

Version

Crowned

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves

Note: For applications with positive drive belts please use a frequency converter or cool-running drum motor.

With chain sprockets Shaft

Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Standard Cross-drilled and threaded, M6

Technical Data

External seal Galvanised labyrinth Asynchronous squirrel cage motor, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) Class F, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) 230/400 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) Special voltage on request 50/60 Hz Double-lipped, FPM or NBR IP66 Bi-metal switch +5 to +40 °C 943 mm

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Order Information

80i

Stainless steel

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth

ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Drum Motors

Material Aluminium Mild steel

Shell

Standard

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266)

ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Encoders, see p 166

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

2-speed motors, see p 260

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible. With an encoder, a special Ø 25 x 20 mm A/F shaft is required.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Accessories

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 i Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Compact and robust drive for small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles TE SLmin App.

m/s

min

0.018

54.73

0.05

38.18 31.09 4

0.07

0.12

PN np gs i v nA MA FN 24

80i

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Electrical data for 3-phase motors

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors

0.04

Drum Motors

Max. belt tension Min. shell length

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Standard

SLmin

App.

cos φ

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

0.33 0.19 0.37 0.21 0.48 0.28 0.38 0.22 0.59 0.34

0.63 0.63 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.68 0.82 0.82 0.78 0.78

0.22 0.22 0.40 0.40 0.53 0.53 0.56 0.56 0.65 0.65

0.9 0.9 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6

1.2 1.2 1.9 1.9 1.4 1.4 2.6 2.6 2.6 2.6

1.00 1.00 1.80 1.80 1.66 1.66 1.90 1.90 2.00 2.00

1.20 1.20 2.00 2.00 1.75 1.75 2.00 2.00 2.10 2.10

575.0 575.0 240.0 240.0 156.0 156.0 190.0 190.0 89.0 89.0

60 30 25 30 20 -

103 51 45 51 35

11.1

14.4

354

3,250

243

0.018 8

0.07

16.0

10.1

247

3,250

243

0.08

19.6

8.2

201

3,250

243

54.73

0.11

24.6

14.4

354

3,250

193

38.18

0.15

35.3

10.1

247

3,250

193

31.09

0.19

43.4

8.2

201

3,250

193

21.28

0.27

63.3

5.7

140

3,250

193

14.85

0.39

90.8

4.0

3,250

193

12.09

0.48

111.5

3.3

3,250

193

54.73

0.10

23.5

26.8

657

3,250

243

38.18

0.14

33.7

18.7

459

3,250

243

31.09

0.18

41.4

15.2

373

3,250

243

21.28

0.26

60.5

10.6

261

3,250

243

14.85

0.37

86.7

7.4

182

3,250

243

û û û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

-1

12.09

0.45

106.5

6.0

148

3,250

243

54.73

0.22

50.8

12.4

303

3,250

193

38.18

0.31

72.8

8.6

212

3,250

193

31.09

0.38

89.4

7.0

172

3,250

193

21.28

0.56

130.5

4.9

120

3,250

193

14.85

0.80

187.1

3.4

3,250

193

12.09

0.98

229.8

2.8

3,250

193

54.73

0.22

50.8

21.1

518

3,250

243

38.18

0.31

72.8

14.7

362

3,250

243

31.09

0.38

89.4

12.0

294

3,250

243

21.28

0.56

130.5

8.4

206

3,250

243

14.85

0.80

187.1

5.8

143

3,250

243

12.09

0.98

229.8

4.8

117

3,250

243

Rated power Number of poles Gear stages Gear ratio Rated velocity of the shell Rated revolutions of the shell Rated torque of drum motor Rated belt pull of drum motor

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

0.04

0.07

4 2

0.12

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

USH delta USH star

Cable Specifications Available cables for connectors (see also p 266): •

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 8 0 i

Compact and robust drive for small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

Dimensions

12.5

Standard

80i

FW = SL + 7

12.5

EL = SL + 12

12.5

Drum Motors

AGL = SL + 37

dimensions

Standard

13.5

ØA

Ø43

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Fig.: Shaft for encoder (special connector required)

ØB

1/3

2 6

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

Connector

Type

ØA mm

ØB mm

80i crowned shell 80i cylindrical shell 80i cylindrical shell + key

81.5 81.0 81.7

80.5 81.0 81.7

Fig.: Special cable slot connector 12.5 17.5

Shafts for fixing

6.25

dimensions

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

Ø30

17.5

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded

Accessories p 170

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

193 3.5

243 4.0

293 4.5

Standard length 343 5.0

393 5.5

443 6.0

493 6.5

543 7.0

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

and weight

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 S Applications

Characteristics

Standard

Compact premium drive for light-duty conveyors

Product Description

Material Versions

The drum motor is a perfect drive station for small and medium-duty conveyor systems.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Light-duty conveyors

99 Pharmaceutical handling

on the material of the components.

99 Packaging equipment

99 Food processing

99 Bottle recycling

99 Supermarket checkout conveyor

99 X-ray security scanning systems

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 3-phase or 1-phase AC induction motor

99 Lightweight

99 Single-rated voltage

99 Maintenance-free

99 Integral motor protection

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Techno-polymer planetary gearbox

99 Reversible

99 Low noise

Component

Version

Crowned Cylindrical Special crowns and grooves

End housing

Standard

Shaft cap

Standard

ü ü ü

With cable protection Note: For applications without belt please use a frequency converter.

Regreasable Electrical connector

113S

Material Aluminium

Shell

Drum Motors

Stainless steel

ü ü ü

ü ü ü ü

ü ü ü

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Straight gland with blue cover for screened cable Straight gland with copper stocking, not for food industry Straight gland with copper stocking and blue cover Terminal box

Mild steel

Brass / Nickel

ü ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

Accessories

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Order Information

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 S Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

kW 0.04

63.00 49.29 38.51 15.00 63.00 49.29 44.09 38.51 30.77 26.84 23.96 15.00 11.57 10.27 8.88 7.86 44.09 38.51 30.77 26.84 23.96 15.00 11.57 10.27 8.88 7.86 44.09 38.51 30.77 26.84 23.96 15.00 11.57 10.27 8.88 7.86

m/s 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.34 0.13 0.16 0.18 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.54 0.70 0.79 0.91 1.03 0.18 0.21 0.26 0.30 0.34 0.54 0.69 0.78 0.91 1.02 0.38 0.43 0.54 0.62 0.69 1.11 1.44 1.62 1.87 2.11

min 11.4 14.6 18.7 57.7 21.7 27.7 31.0 35.4 44.4 50.9 57.0 91.0 118.0 132.9 153.8 173.7 30.6 35.2 44.0 50.5 56.6 90.3 117.1 131.9 152.6 172.5 63.5 72.7 91.0 104.3 116.9 186.7 242.0 272.6 315.4 356.4

0.11

6 4

2 3

0.16 0.18

4 4

3 3

0.33

-1

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

SLmin

App.

Nm 28.6 22.4 17.5 16.4 41.6 32.5 29.1 25.4 20.3 17.7 15.8 10.4 8.0 7.1 6.2 5.5 42.7 41.9 33.5 29.2 26.1 17.2 13.3 11.8 10.2 9.0 42.7 37.3 29.8 26.0 23.2 15.3 11.8 10.5 9.1 8.0

N 505 395 309 289 734 574 514 449 359 313 279 184 142 126 109 96 754 740 591 516 461 303 234 208 180 159 754 659 526 459 410 270 208 185 160 141

N 2,700 2,700 2,700 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 2,000 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500 1,500

mm 260 260 260 275 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 240 260 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275 275

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Accessories p 170

Standard

Compact premium drive for light-duty conveyors PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

Drum Motors 113S

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Mechanical data for 1-phase motors PN

m/s

min

0.06

63.00

0.12

20.6

23.8

420

49.29

0.16

26.4

18.6

328

2,000

240

44.09

0.17

29.5

16.6

294

2,000

240

38.51

0.20

33.8

14.5

256

2,000

240

30.77

0.25

42.3

11.6

205

2,000

240

26.84

0.29

48.4

10.1

179

2,000

240

MA -1

SLmin

App.

2,000

240

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

23.96

0.32

54.3

9.0

160

2,000

240

15.00

0.51

86.7

6.0

105

1,500

240

11.57

0.67

112.3

4.6

1,500

240

10.27

0.75

126.5

4.1

1,500

240

8.88

0.87

146.4

3.5

1,500

240

7.86

0.98

165.5

3.1

1,500

240

0.08

15.00

0.35

59.3

11.6

206

1,800

275

11.57

0.46

76.9

9.0

159

1,800

275

0.11

63.00

0.12

20.6

43.8

772

2,000

260

49.29

0.16

26.4

34.2

604

2,000

260

44.09

0.17

29.5

30.6

541

2,000

260

38.51

0.20

33.8

26.7

472

2,000

260

30.77

0.25

42.3

21.4

377

2,000

260

26.84

0.29

48.4

18.6

329

2,000

260

23.96

0.32

54.3

16.6

294

2,000

260

15.00

0.51

86.7

11.0

194

1,500

260

11.57

0.67

112.3

8.5

149

1,500

260

10.27

0.75

126.5

7.5

133

1,500

260

8.88

0.87

146.4

6.5

115

1,500

260

7.86

0.98

165.5

5.7

101

1,500

260

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 S Electrical data for 3-phase motors

Standard

Compact premium drive for light-duty conveyors

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.04

0.58 0.58 0.67 0.62 0.73 0.75 0.76 0.75 0.77 0.76 0.76 0.76

0.27 0.27 0.39 0.41 0.47 0.47 0.54 0.54 0.59 0.55 0.68 0.68

3.9 3.9 4.0 4.0 2.3 2.3 3.3 3.3 4.0 4.0 3.3 3.3

1.5 1.5 2.2 2.0 3.6 3.6 4.0 4.0 4.4 4.4 4.5 4.5

1.59 1.59 2.24 3.14 3.38 3.41 3.22 3.25 3.54 3.60 3.57 3.57

1.49 1.49 2.24 3.14 3.38 3.41 3.22 3.25 3.54 3.60 2.62 2.62

1.59 1.59 2.35 3.35 3.39 3.42 3.33 3.35 3.74 3.79 3.57 3.57

125.0 125.0 30.0 92.0 84.0 84.0 59.2 59.2 45.5 45.5 21.5 21.5

13 11 25 22 18 8 -

40 53 43 38 32 23

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

0.64 0.37 1.05 0.62 0.80 0.45 0.98 0.57 1.00 0.62 1.74 0.93

•

0.11

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

4 0.16

0.18

0.33

USH delta USH star

113S

Cable Specifications

IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

Drum Motors

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 m Note: Only one voltage is available with screened and halogen-free cables.

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Electrical data for 1-phase motors PN

cos φ η

kgcm

Ω

V DC

0.06 0.08 0.11

4 6 4

230 230 230

0.74 1.35 1.13

0.98 0.99 0.88

0.36 0.26 0.48

2.3 4.0 3.2

2.6 1.9 2.9

1.29 0.70 1.06

2.60 1.65 2.31

63.5 45.9 32.5

35 46 24

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star USH ∿

IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM 2

USH ~

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 S

Standard

Compact premium drive for light-duty conveyors

Drum Motors 113S

Dimensions 55

Standard

AGL = SL + 68 20

EL = SL + 28

FW = SL + 22

Ø95

dimensions

M20 x 1.5

ØA

Ø45

ØB

Fig.: Gland, copper stocking ,

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium

blue cover 1/3

1/3

14 14

113S crowned shell 113S cylindrical shell

113.3 112.3 113.3 113.3

ØB mm

2.2

Connector

ØA mm

Ø99

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector Type

20°

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel

20.5

M20 x 1.5

dimensions ?

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length.

Fig.: Shaft cap, standard,

Fig.: Shaft cap with cable

Fig.: Straight connector with

aluminium

protection

regreasable shaft cap, stainless steel

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

240 7.6

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

890 940 990 1,040 1,090 16.7 17.4 18.1 18.8 19.5

290 8.3

340 9

390 9.7

440 10.4

490 540 590 640 690 740 790 840 11.1 11.8 12.5 13.2 13.9 14.6 15.3 16

and weight

Ø30

Standard length

Fig.: Elbow connector with

Fig.: Gland, screened cable,

regreasable shaft cap, stainless steel

blue cover

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Fig.: Gland, copper stocking

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i Applications

Power-packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

This drum motor has been developed especially for applications requiring a strong drive.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Small conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Pharmaceutical handling

on the material of the components.

99 Airport check-in conveyors

99 Food processing

99 Packaging equipment

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Dynamic weighing equipment

99 Dry, wet and wash down-applications

Component

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 850 mm

Note: For applications with positive drive belts please use a frequency converter or cool-running drum motor.

Version

Crowned

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M8 External seal Galvanised labyrinth

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Labyrinth Asynchronous squirrel cage motor, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) Class F, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) 230/400 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) Special voltage on request 50/60 Hz Double-lipped, FPM or NBR IP66 Bi-metal switch +5 to +40 °C 1,200 mm

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Order Information

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Stainless steel

113i

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Drum Motors

Material Aluminium Mild steel

Shell

99 Metal detectors Characteristics

Standard

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Encoders, see p 166

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

2-speed motors, see p 260

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible. Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Accessories

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Standard

Power-packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles PN

0.225

43.49 31.96 28.17 24.00 20.71 15.17 12.92 11.15 43.49 31.96 28.17 24.00 20.71 15.17 12.92 11.15 24.00 20.71 15.17 12.92 11.15 43.49 31.96 28.17 24.00 20.71 15.17 12.92 11.15

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

0.035

43.49 37.05 31.96 43.49 37.05 31.96 43.49 37.05 28.17 20.71 15.17 11.15 43.49 37.05 28.17 20.71 15.17 43.49 37.05 31.96 43.49 31.96 28.17 24.00 20.71 15.17 12.92 11.15 43.49 37.05 28.17 20.71 15.17 11.15

0.07

0.08

2 0.1

0.15

2 3

0.18

m/s

min

-1

0.05 0.06 0.07 0.05 0.06 0.07 0.09 0.11 0.14 0.20 0.27 0.36 0.12 0.14 0.18 0.25 0.34 0.09 0.11 0.13 0.19 0.25 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.53 0.63 0.72 0.13 0.15 0.19 0.26 0.36 0.49

8.1 9.5 11.0 8.1 9.5 11.0 15.6 18.4 24.1 32.8 44.8 61.0 19.9 23.3 30.7 41.8 57.0 15.6 18.3 21.2 31.3 42.5 48.3 56.7 65.7 89.7 105.2 122.0 21.0 24.7 32.5 44.2 60.3 82.1

38.9 33.1 28.6 77.4 65.9 56.9 45.8 39.1 29.7 21.8 16.3 12.0 45.0 38.4 29.2 21.4 16.0 86.4 73.6 63.5 43.0 31.6 27.8 23.7 20.5 15.3 13.0 11.2 76.9 65.6 49.8 36.6 27.4 20.1

685 584 504 1,363 1,161 1,002 808 688 523 385 288 211 793 676 514 378 282 1,522 1,296 1,119 757 557 491 418 361 270 230 198 1,356 1,155 878 646 483 355

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

SLmin

App.

6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550

250 250 250 300 300 300 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 300 300

û û û û û û û û û û û û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Accessories p 170

0.3

0.37

3 2

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

m/s

min

-1

0.39 0.52 0.60 0.70 0.81 1.11 1.30 1.50 0.19 0.26 0.29 0.34 0.39 0.54 0.63 0.73 0.32 0.37 0.51 0.60 0.69 0.39 0.53 0.60 0.70 0.81 1.11 1.30 1.51

64.9 88.3 100.1 117.5 136.2 186.0 218.3 253.0 31.6 43.1 48.8 57.3 66.5 90.7 106.5 123.4 54.2 62.8 85.8 100.7 116.7 65.2 88.7 100.6 118.1 136.9 186.9 219.4 254.3

31.1 22.9 20.2 17.2 14.8 11.1 9.4 8.1 85.1 62.6 55.2 47.0 40.5 30.3 25.8 22.3 61.4 53.0 39.6 33.8 29.1 51.2 37.6 33.1 28.2 24.4 18.2 15.5 13.4

548 403 355 303 261 195 166 143 1,500 1,103 972 828 714 534 455 392 1,083 934 698 595 513 901 663 584 498 429 321 273 236

SLmin

App.

6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550 6,550

250 250 250 250 250 250 250 250 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300 300

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Drum Motors 113i

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i Electrical data for 3-phase motors

Power-packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ η

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.035

1.46 1.46 1.30 1.30 1.60 1.60 2.00 2.00 1.50 1.50 2.15 2.15 3.00 3.00 3.70 3.70 1.90 1.90 2.30 2.30 3.90 3.90

208.0 208.0 128.0 128.0 164.0 164.0 111.4 111.4 89.0 89.0 71.0 71.0 42.8 42.8 29.6 29.6 41.0 41.0 26.4 26.4 16.5 16.5

44 41 34 29 33 24 18 13 26 20 12 -

77 71 59 51 56 41 32 22 44 34 22

Halogen-free, unscreened

1.10 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.40 1.40 1.80 1.80 1.35 1.35 1.85 1.85 2.80 2.80 3.50 3.50 1.70 1.70 2.20 2.20 3.65 3.65

•

0.15

1.10 1.10 1.00 1.00 1.40 1.40 1.80 1.80 1.35 1.35 1.85 1.85 2.80 2.80 3.50 3.50 1.70 1.70 2.40 2.40 3.65 3.65

Standard, unscreened

2.4 2.4 2.0 2.0 2.2 2.2 2.1 2.1 2.2 2.2 3.2 3.2 2.4 2.4 4.6 4.6 3.2 3.2 3.2 3.2 6.1 6.1

•

0.1

3.3 3.3 5.7 5.7 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 5.7 5.7 2.1 2.1 5.7 5.7 1.4 1.4 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 2.4 2.4

Halogen-free, screened

0.21 0.21 0.27 0.27 0.48 0.48 0.47 0.47 0.51 0.51 0.56 0.56 0.52 0.52 0.65 0.65 0.60 0.60 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62

•

0.08

0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.66 0.66 0.62 0.62 0.71 0.71 0.62 0.62 0.71 0.71 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79 0.79

Standard, screened

0.71 0.41 1.07 0.62 0.69 0.40 0.80 0.46 1.18 0.68 0.94 0.54 1.39 0.80 1.21 0.70 1.58 0.91 1.91 1.10 1.91 1.10

•

0.07

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

0.18

0.225

0.3

0.37

4 2

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 113i

Cable Specifications

Standard

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i

Standard

Power-packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 113i

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 70

dimensions

EL = SL + 20

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 10.6

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

1/3

1.5 10

1/3

Ø30

1.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

ØA

Ø83

ØB

ØA mm

ØB mm

113i crowned shell 113i cylindrical shell 113i cylindrical shell + key

113.5 112.0 112.0 112.0 113.0 113.0

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer 23

20°

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

M20 x 1.5

Ø99

Type

17.5

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i

Standard

Power-packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

M20 x 1.5

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

250 8.5

300 350 9.15 9.8

113i

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. 30°

Drum Motors

Standard length 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 10.5 11.1 11.75 12.4 13.05 13.7 14.35 15

800 850 15.65 16.3

and weight

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium

6.5

Fig.: Special cable slot connector Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 38 i Applications

Characteristics

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

The drum motor is a real all-round component because of its wide power and speed range.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Mobile conveyors

on the material of the components.

99 Transport conveyors

99 Food processing

99 Logistics applications

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Airport check-in conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 900 mm

Component

Shell

Crowned

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M8 Asynchronous squirrel cage motor, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) Class F, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) 230/400 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) Special voltage on request 50/60 Hz Double-lipped, FPM or NBR IP66 Bi-metal switch +5 to +40 °C 1,600 mm

External seal Galvanised labyrinth Labyrinth Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Stainless steel

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Encoders, see p 166

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

Order Information

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

2-speed motors, see p 260

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

138i

Material Aluminium Mild steel

Note: For applications with positive drive belts please use a frequency converter or cool-running drum motor.

Technical Data

Version

Drum Motors

Accessories

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 38 i Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles PN

m/s

min

0.55

72.55

0.28

61.85

0.33

49.64

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

SLmin

App.

m/s

min-1

0.09

72.55

0.04

5.7

136.7

1,981

8,300

300

49.64

0.06

8.4

95.2

1,380

8,300

300

40.91

0.07

10.1

79.1

1,147

8,300

300

30.55

0.10

13.6

59.1

856

8,300

300

72.55

0.07

9.4

165.8

2,403

8,300

300

49.64

0.10

13.8

115.5

1,673

8,300

300

40.91

0.12

16.7

96.0

1,391

8,300

300

30.55

0.16

22.4

71.6

1,038

8,300

300

25.39

0.19

26.9

59.7

866

8,300

300

20.22

0.24

33.8

48.0

696

8,300

300

16.67

0.30

41.0

39.9

578

8,300

300

72.55

0.09

12.5

173.1

2,508

8,300

300

49.64

0.13

18.3

120.5

1,747

8,300

300

40.91

0.16

22.2

100.2

1,452

8,300

300

34.00

0.19

26.8

83.2

1,206

8,300

300

30.55

0.22

29.8

74.8

1,084

8,300

300

25.39

0.26

35.8

62.3

904

8,300

300

20.22

0.33

45.0

50.1

726

8,300

300

16.67

0.39

54.6

41.6

603

8,300

300

12.44

0.53

73.1

31.2

452

8,300

300

72.55

0.13

18.5

174.4

2,527

8,300

300

61.85

0.16

21.7

150.1

2,175

8,300

300

49.64

0.20

27.0

121.4

1,760

8,300

300

40.91

0.24

32.8

100.9

1,463

8,300

300

34.00

0.28

39.4

83.9

1,216

8,300

300

30.55

0.32

43.9

75.4

1,092

8,300

300

û û û û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

0.18

2 0.25

0.37

25.39

0.38

52.8

62.8

910

8,300

300

20.22

0.48

66.3

50.5

732

8,300

300

16.67

0.58

80.4

42.0

608

8,300

300

12.44

0.78

107.7

31.4

455

8,300

300

10.00

0.97

134.0

25.3

366

8,300

300

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

0.75

1.0

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

SLmin

App.

39.0

122.9

1,780

8,300

300

45.7

105.7

1,532

8,300

300

0.41

56.9

85.6

1,240

8,300

300

40.91

0.50

69.1

71.1

1,031

8,300

300

34.00

0.60

83.1

59.1

856

8,300

300

25.39

0.80

111.3

44.3

641

8,300

300

20.22

1.01

139.7

35.6

516

8,300

300

16.67

1.23

169.6

29.6

428

8,300

300

12.44

1.64

227.1

22.1

321

8,300

300

10.00

2.04

282.6

17.8

258

8,300

300

34.00

0.29

40.6

164.9

2,390

8,300

350

30.55

0.33

45.2

148.1

2,147

8,300

350

25.39

0.39

54.4

123.5

1,790

8,300

350

20.22

0.49

68.3

99.3

1,438

8,300

350

16.67

0.60

82.9

82.5

1,195

8,300

350

12.44

0.80

111.0

61.8

895

8,300

350

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

-1

10.00

1.00

138.1

49.6

719

8,300

350

49.64

0.40

55.9

158.2

2,293

8,300

350

40.91

0.49

67.8

131.5

1,906

8,300

350

34.00

0.59

81.6

109.3

1,584

8,300

350

25.39

0.79

109.3

81.9

1,186

8,300

350

20.22

0.99

137.2

65.8

953

8,300

350

16.67

1.20

166.5

54.7

792

8,300

350

12.44

1.61

223.0

40.9

593

8,300

350

10.00

2.01

277.5

32.9

477

8,300

350

Drum Motors 138i

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 38 i Electrical data for 3-phase motors

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.09

0.75

1.0

1.68 1.68 1.55 1.55 1.75 1.75 1.95 1.95 3.65 3.65 2.45 2.45 3.95 3.95

92.0 92.0 64.0 64.0 44.0 44.0 26.5 26.5 11.4 11.4 9.7 9.7 5.4 5.4

19 25 21 18 10 13 9 -

33 43 36 30 18 22 16

Halogen-free, unscreened

1.15 1.15 1.10 1.10 1.35 1.35 1.55 1.55 3.20 3.20 2.10 2.10 3.40 3.40

•

0.55

1.15 1.15 1.10 1.10 1.35 1.35 1.55 1.55 3.20 3.20 2.10 2.10 3.40 3.40

Standard, unscreened

3.0 3.0 2.6 2.6 3.0 3.0 3.3 3.3 5.5 5.5 3.4 3.4 5.4 5.4

•

0.37

9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 5.6 5.6 3.5 3.5 9.9 9.9 6.2 6.2

Halogen-free, screened

0.54 0.54 0.58 0.58 0.67 0.67 0.70 0.70 0.76 0.76 0.71 0.71 0.75 0.75

•

0.25

0.40 0.40 0.64 0.64 0.72 0.72 0.79 0.79 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80 0.80

Standard, screened

1.04 0.60 1.21 0.70 1.30 0.75 1.68 0.97 2.25 1.30 3.29 1.90 4.16 2.40

•

0.18

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 138i

Cable Specifications

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

Standard

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 38 i

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 138i

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 80

dimensions

EL = SL + 30

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 13

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

1/3

1.5

Ø30

ØA

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Ø100

ØB

15 17.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

20°

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

M20 x 1.5

Ø99

138.0 136.0 136.0 136.0 137.0 137.0

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

138i crowned shell 138i cylindrical shell 138i cylindrical shell + key

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

ØB mm

ØA mm

Type

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 38 i

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. 30°

M20 x 1.5

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 14.5 15.7 16.9 18.1 19.3 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.3 26.5 27.7 28.9

Drum Motors 138i

Min. length with option

Standard length and weight

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium

6.5

Fig.: Special cable slot connector Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 65 i Applications

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

The drum motor is outstandingly robust with a strong torque and can take a high radial load.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Agricultural plants

on the material of the components.

99 Logistics applications

99 Food processing

99 Airport and postal conveyors

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Warehouse loading conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 1,000 mm

Note: For applications with positive drive belts please use a frequency converter or cool-running drum motor.

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Version

Aluminium Mild steel Crowned

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Order Information

Labyrinth Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Stainless steel

165i

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Drum Motors

Material

Cross-drilled thread, M10

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Component

Shell

99 Telescopic conveyors Characteristics

Standard

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Encoders, see p 166

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

2-speed motors, see p 260

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Accessories

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 65 i

Standard

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Range

The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

kW 1.1

46.56 39.31 31.56 24.60 19.64 14.66 12.38 9.65 31.56 24.60 19.64 14.66 12.38 46.56 39.31 31.56 24.60 19.64 14.66 12.38 9.65

m/s 0.52 0.62 0.77 0.99 1.24 1.67 1.97 2.53 0.38 0.49 0.61 0.82 0.97 0.52 0.62 0.77 0.99 1.24 1.66 1.97 2.53

min 61.1 72.4 90.2 115.7 144.9 194.1 229.9 294.8 44.1 56.6 70.9 95.0 112.6 61.0 72.2 90.0 115.4 144.6 193.8 229.5 294.3

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

kW 0.37

12 8

3 3

46.56 62.37 39.31 62.37 46.56 39.31 31.56 24.60 19.64 14.66 12.38 62.37 46.56 39.31 19.64 14.66 12.38 39.31 46.56 39.31 62.37 46.56 39.31 31.56 24.60 19.64 14.66 12.38 46.56 39.31 31.56 24.60 19.64 14.66 12.38

m/s 0.08 0.10 0.15 0.19 0.25 0.30 0.38 0.48 0.60 0.81 0.96 0.12 0.16 0.18 0.37 0.50 0.59 0.15 0.16 0.18 0.19 0.25 0.30 0.37 0.47 0.59 0.79 0.94 0.24 0.29 0.36 0.46 0.58 0.77 0.92

min 9.8 11.1 17.6 22.2 29.7 35.2 43.8 56.2 70.4 94.3 111.7 13.5 18.1 21.5 43.0 57.7 68.3 17.6 18.1 21.5 21.7 29.1 34.5 42.9 55.1 69.0 92.4 109.5 28.4 33.6 41.8 53.7 67.2 90.1 106.7

0.55

0.75

8 6

3 3

1.1

-1

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

SLmin

App.

Nm 339.6 300.6 189.4 150.3 112.2 94.7 76.0 59.2 48.3 36.0 30.4 365.2 272.6 230.1 117.3 87.6 73.9 383.7 371.6 313.7 310.6 231.8 195.7 157.1 122.3 99.8 74.5 62.9 348.8 294.5 236.4 184.1 150.1 112.1 94.6

N 4,142 3,666 2,310 1,833 1,368 1,155 927 722 589 439 371 4,453 3,324 2,806 1,431 1,068 902 4,679 4,532 3,826 3,787 2,827 2,387 1,916 1,492 1,217 908 767 4,254 3,591 2,883 2,245 1,831 1,366 1,154

N 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000

mm 450 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400

û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Accessories p 170

1.5

3 2

2.2

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

-1

SLmin

App.

Nm 161.7 136.5 109.6 85.3 69.6 51.9 43.9 34.2 305.3 237.7 193.9 144.7 122.2 324.3 273.8 219.8 171.1 139.6 104.2 87.9 68.6

N 1,972 1,665 1,337 1,041 849 633 535 417 3,723 2,899 2,364 1,765 1,490 3,954 3,339 2,680 2,087 1,702 1,270 1,073 836

N 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000 19,000

mm 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 400 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450 450

Drum Motors 165i

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 65 i Electrical data for 3-phase motors

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.37

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

2.77 1.60 2.42 1.50 2.17 1.25 2.77 1.60 3.55 2.05 3.64 2.10 3.12 1.80 4.85 2.80 4.16 2.40 6.06 3.50 7.88 4.55

0.63 0.63 0.62 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.69 0.69 0.74 0.74 0.81 0.81 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.86 0.86 0.87 0.87 0.86 0.86

0.53 0.53 0.57 0.57 0.67 0.67 0.72 0.72 0.71 0.71 0.64 0.64 0.75 0.75 0.69 0.69 0.77 0.77 0.71 0.71 0.81 0.81

35.1 35.1 22.6 22.6 11.3 11.3 22.6 22.6 35.1 35.1 22.6 22.6 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 7.6 7.6 19.8 19.8 7.6 7.6

2.0 2.0 2.9 2.9 4.4 4.4 3.4 3.4 7.6 7.6 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 5.2 5.2 3.8 3.8 5.3 5.3

1.20 1.20 1.90 1.90 2.00 2.00 1.40 1.40 1.30 1.30 1.75 1.75 1.53 1.53 1.50 1.50 3.15 3.15 1.55 1.55 2.60 2.60

1.20 1.20 1.90 1.90 1.80 1.80 1.40 1.40 1.30 1.30 1.75 1.75 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 2.10 2.10 1.55 1.55 2.60 2.60

1.50 1.50 2.35 2.35 2.50 2.50 1.65 1.65 1.60 1.60 2.00 2.00 1.80 1.80 1.70 1.70 3.42 3.42 2.10 2.10 3.20 3.20

19.4 19.4 22.0 22.0 14.5 14.5 19.5 19.5 15.7 15.7 6.2 6.2 23.9 23.9 7.2 7.2 2.9 2.9 5.2 5.2 6.2 6.2

17 17 10 19 21 9 30 14 5 14 21 -

29 31 17 32 36 16 52 25 9 24 36

•

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

4 0.55

0.75

8 6 4

1.1

4 2

1.5

2.2

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 165i

Cable Specifications

Standard

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 65 i

Standard

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 165i

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 130

dimensions

EL = SL + 40

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 17

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

ØA

Ø130

1/3

1/3 SL

1/3

1.5 20

1.5

Ø30

ØB

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

17.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

165i crowned shell 165i cylindrical shell 165i cylindrical shell + key

164.0 162.0 162.0 162.0 162.0 162.0

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

ØB mm

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer 20

ØA mm

Type

10 26.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Fig.: Special cable slot connector

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 1 65 i

Standard

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

30°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

400 35

450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 36.9 38.8 40.7 42.6 44.5 46.4 48.3 50.2 52.1 54

165i

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Drum Motors

Standard length 950 1,000 55.9 57.8

and weight

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium 43

Ø99

20°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

M10

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded For cross-drilled and threaded hole the shaft flat length must be reduced from 45 to 25 mm.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i Applications

Material Versions

This drum motor is typically used for heavy-duty handling applications.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Telescopic conveyors

on the material of the components.

99 Belts with side walls or cross cleats

99 Agricultural plants

99 Logistics applications

99 Food processing

99 Airport and postal conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 1,000 mm

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Version

Aluminium Mild steel Crowned

ü ü ü

Cylindrical Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M10 Labyrinth

Asynchronous squirrel cage motor, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) Class F, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) 230/400 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) Special voltage on request 50/60 Hz Double-lipped, FPM or NBR IP66 Bi-metal switch +5 to +40 °C 1,600 mm

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Order Information

216i

Elbow connector (for cables see p 266)

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Encoders, see p 166

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°),

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

see p 248 •

2-speed motors, see p 260

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Stainless steel

ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Drum Motors

Material

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Component

Shell

Note: For applications with positive drive belts please use a frequency converter or cool-running drum motor.

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

99 Warehouse loading conveyors Characteristics

Standard

Accessories

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles PN

m/s

min

1.1

46.56

0.70

39.31

0.82

31.56

1.03

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

m/s

min-1

0.37

46.56

0.11

9.8

339.6

3,123

62.37

0.13

11.1

300.6

2,764

19,000

400

39.31

0.20

17.6

189.4

1,742

19,000

400

62.37

0.25

22.2

150.3

1,382

19,000

400

46.56

0.34

29.7

112.2

1,032

19,000

400

39.31

0.40

35.2

94.7

871

19,000

400

31.56

0.50

43.8

76.0

699

19,000

400

24.60

0.64

56.2

59.2

544

19,000

400

19.64

0.80

70.4

48.3

444

19,000

400

14.66

1.07

94.3

36.0

331

19,000

400

12.38

1.27

111.7

30.4

280

19,000

400

62.37

0.15

13.5

365.2

3,358

19,000

400

46.56

0.21

18.1

272.6

2,506

19,000

400

39.31

0.24

21.5

230.1

2,116

19,000

400

19.64

0.49

43.0

117.3

1,079

19,000

400

14.66

0.66

57.7

87.6

805

19,000

400

0.55

0.75

1.1

73.9

680

19,000

400

310.6

2,856

19,000

400

46.56

0.33

29.1

231.8

2,132

19,000

400

39.31

0.39

34.5

195.7

1,800

19,000

400

31.56

0.49

42.9

157.1

1,445

19,000

400

24.60

0.63

55.1

122.3

1,125

19,000

400

19.64

0.79

69.0

99.8

917

19,000

400

14.66

1.05

92.4

74.5

685

19,000

400

12.38

1.25

109.5

62.9

578

19,000

400

46.56

0.32

28.4

348.8

3,207

19,000

400

39.31

0.38

33.6

294.5

2,708

19,000

400

31.56

0.48

41.8

236.4

2,174

19,000

400

24.60

0.61

53.7

184.1

1,693

19,000

400

19.64

0.77

67.2

150.1

1,380

19,000

400

14.66

1.03

90.1

112.1

1,030

19,000

400

12.38

1.21

106.7

94.6

870

19,000

400

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

61.1

161.7

1,487

19,000

400

72.4

136.5

1,255

19,000

400

90.2

109.6

1,008

19,000

400

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

115.7

85.3

785

19,000

400

69.6

640

19,000

400

14.66

2.21

194.1

51.9

478

19,000

400

û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

12.38

2.62

229.9

43.9

403

19,000

400

9.65

3.36

294.8

34.2

314

19,000

400

68.3

144.9

450

21.7

App.

1.32

0.78

SLmin

1.65

19,000

0.25

24.60

App.

12.38

19.64

SLmin

62.37

MA -1

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

Drum Motors 216i

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i Electrical data for 3-phase motors

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.37

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

2.77 1.60 2.42 1.50 2.17 1.25 2.77 1.60 3.12 1.80 4.85 2.80 4.16 2.40

0.63 0.63 0.62 0.62 0.64 0.64 0.69 0.69 0.80 0.80 0.82 0.82 0.86 0.86

0.53 0.53 0.57 0.57 0.67 0.67 0.72 0.72 0.75 0.75 0.69 0.69 0.77 0.77

35.1 35.1 22.6 22.6 11.3 11.3 22.6 22.6 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 7.6 7.6

2.0 2.0 2.9 2.9 4.4 4.4 3.4 3.4 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 5.2 5.2

1.20 1.20 1.90 1.90 2.00 2.00 1.40 1.40 1.53 1.53 1.50 1.50 3.15 3.15

1.20 1.20 1.90 1.90 1.80 1.80 1.40 1.40 1.30 1.30 1.30 1.30 2.10 2.10

1.50 1.50 2.35 2.35 2.50 2.50 1.65 1.65 1.80 1.80 1.70 1.70 3.42 3.42

19.4 19.4 22.0 22.0 14.5 14.5 19.5 19.5 23.9 23.9 7.2 7.2 2.9 2.9

17 17 10 19 30 14 5 -

29 31 17 32 52 25 9

•

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

4 0.55

0.75

1.1

4 2

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 216i

Cable Specifications

Standard

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 216i

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 130

dimensions 45

EL = SL + 40

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 17

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

1.5

1/3

1/3 SL

17.5

1.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

216i crowned shell 216i cylindrical shell

217.5 215.5 215.5 215.5

ØB mm

ØA mm

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

Type

Ø30

ØA

Ø130

ØB

10 26.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Fig.: Special cable slot connector

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i

Standard

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

30°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

400 450 500 550 600 650 46.5 47.8 49.1 50.4 51.7 53

216i

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Drum Motors

Standard length 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 54.3 55.6 56.9 58.2 59.5 60.8 62.1

and weight

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium 43

Ø99

20°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

M10

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded For cross-drilled and threaded hole the shaft flat length must be reduced from 45 to 25 mm.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 7 i Applications

High torque compact drive for heavy-duty conveyors

Product Description

Material Versions

This drum motor is typically used for heavy-duty handling applications.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Conveyors with heavy loads

99 Telescopic conveyors

on the material of the components.

99 Belts with side walls or cross cleats

99 Agricultural plants

99 Logistics applications

99 Food processing

99 Airport and postal conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 1,200 mm

Note: For applications with positive drive belts please use a frequency converter.

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Version

Aluminium Mild steel Crowned

ü ü ü

Cylindrical Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M10 Labyrinth

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Order Information

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Stainless steel

217i

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Drum Motors

Material

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Component

Shell

99 Warehouse loading conveyors Characteristics

Standard

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Encoders, see p 166

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°),

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

see p 248 •

2-speed motors, see p 260

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Accessories

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 7 i Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

SLmin

App.

kW 1.1

31.11 27.53 20.10 16.80 27.53 20.10 16.80 31.11 27.53 20.10 16.80 12.53 20.10 16.80 31.11 27.53 20.10 16.80 12.53 27.53 20.10 16.80 12.53 27.53 20.10 16.80 12.53 27.53 20.10 16.80 12.53

m/s 0.25 0.29 0.39 0.47 0.40 0.54 0.65 0.52 0.58 0.80 0.96 1.28 0.53 0.63 0.52 0.59 0.80 0.96 1.29 1.16 1.58 1.89 2.54 0.59 0.80 0.96 1.29 1.16 1.59 1.91 2.56

min-1 22.3 25.2 34.6 41.4 34.9 47.8 57.1 45.3 51.2 70.1 83.9 112.5 46.5 55.6 45.6 51.6 70.6 84.5 113.3 101.5 139.0 166.3 223.0 51.6 70.6 84.5 113.3 102.1 139.9 167.4 224.4

Nm 451.8 399.8 291.9 244.0 394.5 288.1 240.7 303.6 268.7 196.2 163.9 122.3 434.2 362.9 442.2 391.4 285.7 238.8 178.1 198.9 145.2 121.3 90.5 533.6 389.6 325.6 242.9 269.5 196.7 164.4 122.6

N 4,154 3,676 2,684 2,243 3,628 2,649 2,214 2,791 2,470 1,804 1,507 1,124 3,993 3,337 4,066 3,599 2,627 2,196 1,638 1,829 1,335 1,116 832 4,907 3,583 2,994 2,233 2,478 1,809 1,512 1,128

mm 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 550 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500 500

1.5

2.2

3.0

PN np gs i v nA MA

High torque compact drive for heavy-duty conveyors FN TE SLmin App.

Drum Motors 217i

Rated belt pull of drum motor Max. belt tension Min. shell length

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Electrical data for 3-phase motors PN

cos φ

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

kW 1.1

1.5

V 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

A 5.54 3.20 6.93 4.00 6.41 3.70 9.87 5.70 9.01 5.20 8.83 5.10 12.12 7.00 11.52 6.65

0.81 0.81 0.82 0.82 0.87 0.87 0.80 0.80 0.87 0.87 0.88 0.88 0.82 0.82 0.82 0.82

0.61 0.61 0.66 0.66 0.67 0.67 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.70 0.71 0.71 0.76 0.76 0.80 0.80

kgcm2 86.0 86.0 86.0 86.0 49.6 49.6 86.0 86.0 60.0 60.0 26.0 26.0 46.9 46.9 38.1 38.1

4.5 4.5 4.8 4.8 5.5 5.5 5.0 5.0 5.9 5.9 6.4 6.4 5.0 5.0 6.5 6.5

1.80 1.80 2.10 2.10 2.20 2.20 2.10 2.10 2.40 2.40 2.60 2.60 2.40 2.40 2.60 2.60

4 2.2

6 4 2

3.0

4 2

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

1.70 1.70 1.90 1.90 1.80 1.80 1.90 1.90 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.30 2.40 2.40

2.20 2.20 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.50 2.90 2.90 3.02 3.02 2.90 2.90 3.40 3.40

Ω 6.3 6.3 4.3 4.3 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.6 3.5 3.5 3.0 3.0 1.9 1.9 1.6 1.6

USH delta USH star V DC 14 12 10 14 14 11 9 7 -

V DC 24 21 17 25 24 20 16 13

Cable Specifications

Rated power Number of poles Gear stages Gear ratio Rated velocity of the shell Rated revolutions of the shell Rated torque of drum motor

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Standard

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266): •

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 7 i

Standard

High torque compact drive for heavy-duty conveyors

Drum Motors 217i

Connection Diagrams 20

Connector

dimensions 22

For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Dimensions Standard

AGL = SL + 130 45

EL = SL + 40

FW = SL + 17

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

24 Ø30 40

ØA

Ø130

ØB

dimensions

17.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel 1.5

1/3

1/3 SL

20 15

1.5

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

Type

ØA mm

217i crowned shell 217i cylindrical shell

217.5 215.5 215.5 215.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector ØB mm

10 26.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Fig.: Special cable slot connector

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 2 1 7 i

Standard

High torque compact drive for heavy-duty conveyors The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

30°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

500 65

550 70

600 72

217i

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Drum Motors

Standard length 650 74

700 76

750 78

800 80

850 82

900 84

950 86

1,000 88

and weight

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium 43

Ø99

20°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

M10

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded For cross-drilled and threaded hole the shaft flat length must be reduced from 45 to 25 mm.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 3 1 5 i Applications

Characteristics

Standard

Powerful high torque drive for heavy-duty conveyors

Product Description

Material Versions

This drum motor is typically used for heavy-duty handling applications.

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

99 Belts with side walls or cross cleats

99 Telescopic conveyors

on the material of the components.

99 Logistics applications

99 Agricultural plants

99 Airport and postal conveyors

99 Food processing

99 Warehouse loading conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Mild steel, painted bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage (with terminal box)

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 1,400 mm

Component

Version

Crowned Cylindrical Special crowns and grooves

End housing

Standard, painted

Shaft

Standard

External seal Cover IP65 Note: For applications without belt please use a frequency converter.

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Asynchronous squirrel cage motor, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) Class F, IEC 34 (VDE 0530) 230/400 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) 400/690 V ±5 % (IEC 34/38) Special voltage on request 50/60 Hz Double-lipped, NBR IP65 Bi-metal switch +5 to +40 °C 1,750 mm

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

ü ü ü ü ü ü

Stainless steel

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü

Labyrinth IP66 Electrical connector

315i

Material Mild steel

Shell

Drum Motors

ü ü ü

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266)

Terminal box

ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Food-grade oil (EU, FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

Note: For wet or food applications, the shell must be protected with hot vulcanised NBR lagging or other rust-free coating, see p 140.

Accessories

Order Information

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Frequency converters, see p 206

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 3 1 5 i Product Range

Motor versions

Powerful high torque drive for heavy-duty conveyors

cos φ

The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

kgcm

Ω

V DC

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page.

1.5

2.2

4.0

5.5

230 400 400 690 400 690 400 690

8.31 4.80 5.20 3.00 8.66 5.00 11.92 6.88

0.75 0.75 0.82 0.82 0.88 0.88 0.84 0.84

0.60 0.60 0.75 0.75 0.76 0.76 0.80 0.80

380.0 380.0 380.0 380.0 233.0 233.0 120.0 120.0

2.2 2.2 6.0 6.0 6.4 6.4 6.3 6.3

2.20 2.20 2.60 2.60 2.50 2.50 2.30 2.30

2.00 2.00 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.40 2.10 2.10

3.00 3.00 3.20 3.20 2.80 2.80 3.50 3.50

2.2 2.2 6.0 6.0 3.4 3.4 2.4 2.4

7 13 13 12 -

12 22 22 21

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors PN

SLmin

App.

m/s

min-1

1.5

37.88

0.31

18.2

755.3

4,720

36,000

500

31.71

0.36

21.8

632.3

3,952

36,000

500

23.04

0.50

30.0

459.3

2,871

36,000

500

19.29

0.60

35.8

384.5

2,403

36,000

500

14.29

0.81

48.3

284.8

1,780

36,000

500

37.88

0.43

25.6

788.0

4,925

36,000

500

31.71

0.51

30.6

659.7

4,123

36,000

500

23.04

0.71

42.1

479.2

2,995

36,000

500

19.29

0.84

50.3

401.2

2,507

36,000

500

14.29

1.14

67.9

297.2

1,857

36,000

500

37.88

0.64

38.0

965.2

6,032

36,000

500

31.71

0.76

45.4

808.1

5,050

36,000

500

23.49

1.03

61.3

598.6

3,741

36,000

500

19.29

1.25

74.7

491.4

3,071

36,000

500

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

4.0

5.5

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

Drum Motors 315i

Electrical data for 3-phase motors PN

2.2

Standard

14.29

1.69

100.8

364.0

2,275

36,000

500

37.88

1.26

75.3

670.1

4,188

36,000

500

31.71

1.51

89.9

561.0

3,507

36,000

500

23.49

2.03

121.4

415.6

2,597

36,000

500

19.29

2.48

147.8

341.2

2,132

36,000

500

14.29

3.34

199.6

252.7

1,580

36,000

500

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Cable Specifications Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

•

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m Note: Dual Voltage is not available with cable connections. Please choose only one voltage from the electrical data above or use a terminal box for dual voltage.

Connection Diagrams

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN 2

Accessories p 170

For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

Interroll D r u m M oto r 3 1 5 i

Standard

Powerful high torque drive for heavy-duty conveyors

Drum Motors 315i

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 130

dimensions

EL = SL + 40

Connector

68.5

45 22

FW = SL + 30

Ø105

dimensions

Standard

30° 39

M20 x 1.5 45

ØA

Ø120

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

ØB

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

1/3

1/3 SL

1/3 20

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Type

ØA mm

ØB mm

Option

315i crowned shell 315i cylindrical shell

320 317

317 317

Brake

Min. SL with option mm Min. SL + 100

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Overview of Standard Drum Motors p 12 Options p 138

Accessories p 170

500 130

550 146

600 150

Standard length 650 154

700 158

750 162

800 166

850 170

900 174

950 178

1,000 182

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

and weight

Cool-Running Drum Motors Overview

Overview of Co o l- Ru n n i n g D ru m Moto rs 80i - derated

113i - derated

138i - derated

165i - derated

216i - derated

Diameter

81.5 mm

113.5 mm

138.0 mm

164.0 mm

217.5 mm

Gear material

Steel

Rated power

0.01 to 0.10 kW

0.06 to 0.31 kW

0.07 to 0.83 kW

0.31 to 1.82 kW

0.31 to 0.9 kW

Rated torque

2.4 to 22.7 Nm

7.5 to 73,7.0 Nm

14.5 to 144.6 Nm

27.9 to 300.2 Nm

27.9 to 298.8 Nm

Belt pull*

60 to 560 N

134 to 1,316 N

214 to 2,127 N

344 to 3,706 N

259 to 2,773 N

Velocity of the shell*

0.10 to 0.96 m/s

0.05 to 1.51 m/s

0.04 to 1.97 m/s

0.08 to 2.51 m/s

0.11 to 3.34 m/s

Shell length SL

193 to 943 mm

250 to 1,200 mm

300 to 1,600 mm

400 to 1,600 mm

Positive drive belt

Without belt

see page 92

see page 98

see page 108

see page 118

see page 128

Cool-running drum motors are derated to prevent thermal overload. Instead of a cool-running drum motor you may use a standard drum motor with frequency converter. *Note: Values given for cylindrical shell.

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 8 0 i – d e r at e d Applications

Characteristics

Product Description

Material Versions

This cool-running drum motor is suitable for positive drive belts, like plastic modular belts or thermoplastic

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

non-modular belts. It is also suitable for non-belt applications.

on the material of the components.

99 Small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Pharmaceutical handling

99 Packaging equipment

99 Food processing

99 Dynamic weighing equipment

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Metal detectors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 543 mm

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Aluminium Mild steel Shell

Crowned

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

943 mm

Order Information

Drum Motors 80i – derated

Stainless steel

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth

ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Cool-Running

Material

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266)

ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Encoders, see p 166

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Food-grade oil (FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Version

Cross-drilled and threaded, M6

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Component

Cylindrical

Note: When using a frequency converter please choose a standard drum motor.

Compact and robust drive for small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

Options p 138

Accessories

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Drive pulleys, see p 198

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 8 0 i – d e r at e d Product Range

Motor versions

cos φ

The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

kgcm

Ω

V DC

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page.

0.033 4

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

0.30 0.17 0.40 0.23 0.26 0.15 0.45 0.26

0.62 0.62 0.68 0.68 0.78 0.78 0.78 0.78

0.45 0.45 0.56 0.56 0.75 0.75 0.71 0.71

0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6 0.4 0.4 0.6 0.6

1.7 1.7 1.3 1.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4

2.73 2.73 2.48 2.48 2.15 2.15 2.31 2.31

2.48 2.48 2.15 2.15 1.90 1.90 2.15 2.15

2.74 2.74 2.56 2.56 2.26 2.26 2.13 2.13

286.5 286.5 191.0 191.0 183.5 183.5 106.4 106.4

27 26 19 19 -

45 45 32 32

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors, derated

0.06

SLmin

App.

kW 0.033

54.73 38.18 31.09 21.28 14.85 12.09 54.73 38.18 31.09 21.28 14.85 12.09 54.73 38.18 31.09 21.28 14.85 12.09 54.73 38.18 31.09 21.28 14.85 12.09

m/s 0.11 0.15 0.19 0.28 0.40 0.49 0.10 0.15 0.18 0.26 0.37 0.46 0.21 0.31 0.38 0.55 0.79 0.96 0.21 0.30 0.37 0.54 0.78 0.96

min-1 25.3 36.2 44.5 65.0 93.2 114.5 23.9 34.3 42.1 61.6 88.2 108.3 50.2 72.0 88.5 129.2 185.2 227.4 49.8 71.4 87.7 128.1 183.7 225.5

Nm 11.8 8.3 6.7 4.7 3.3 2.7 22.7 15.8 12.9 9.0 6.3 5.1 10.8 7.5 6.1 4.3 3.0 2.4 18.0 12.6 10.2 7.2 5.0 4.1

N 293 204 166 116 81 66 560 390 318 222 155 126 267 186 152 106 74 60 445 311 253 177 123 100

N 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250 3,250

mm 193 193 193 193 193 193 243 243 243 243 243 243 193 193 193 193 193 193 243 243 243 243 243 243

0.06

0.1

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

Cool-Running Drum Motors 80i – derated

Electrical data for 3-phase motors, derated PN

Compact and robust drive for small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

4 2

0.1

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN 2

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Cable Specifications Available cables for connectors (see also p 266): •

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 8 0 i – d e r at e d

Compact and robust drive for small feed conveyors with high-duty cycles

Dimensions

12.5

Standard

80i – derated

FW = SL + 7

12.5

EL = SL + 12

12.5

Drum Motors

AGL = SL + 37

dimensions

Cool-Running

13.5

ØA

Ø43

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

Fig.: Shaft for encoder (special connector required)

ØB

1/3

2 6

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

Connector

Type

ØA mm

ØB mm

80i crowned shell 80i cylindrical shell 80i cylindrical shell + key

81.5 81.0 81.7

80.5 81.0 81.7

Fig.: Special cable slot connector 12.5 17.5

Shafts for fixing

6.25

dimensions

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Ø30

17.5

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

Options p 138

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded

Accessories p 170

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

193 3.5

243 4.0

293 4.5

Standard length 343 5.0

393 5.5

443 6.0

493 6.5

543 7.0

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

and weight

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i – d e r at e d Applications

Cool-Running

Power packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

This cool-running drum motor is suitable for positive drive belts, like plastic modular belts or thermoplastic

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

non-modular belts. It is also suitable for non-belt applications.

on the material of the components.

99 Small conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Pharmaceutical handling

99 Airport check-in conveyors

99 Food processing

99 Packaging equipment

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Dynamic weighing equipment

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

Component

Shell

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 850 mm

Note: When using a frequency converter please choose a standard drum motor.

General technical data Max. shell length SL

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M8

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Stainless steel

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Encoders, see p 166

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Food-grade oil (FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Order Information

Accessories

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Standard

Labyrinth

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

Special crowns and grooves End housing

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

Technical Data

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets

99 Low noise

Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Crowned Cylindrical

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

113i – derated

Material Aluminium Mild steel

99 Metal detectors Characteristics

Version

Drum Motors

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Drive pulleys, see p 198

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i – d e r at e d Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Cool-Running

Power packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles PN

m/s

min

0.21

43.49

0.38

31.96

0.52

28.17

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors, derated PN

SLmin

App.

m/s

min-1

0.06

43.49

0.05

8.1

66.3

1,184

6,550

300

31.96

0.06

11.0

48.7

870

6,550

300

28.17

0.07

12.5

43.0

767

6,550

300

43.49

0.09

15.6

40.1

716

6,550

250

37.05

0.11

18.4

34.2

610

6,550

250

28.17

0.14

24.1

26.0

464

6,550

250

20.71

0.19

32.8

19.1

341

6,550

250

15.17

0.26

44.8

14.3

255

6,550

250

11.15

0.36

61.0

10.5

187

6,550

250

43.49

0.12

19.9

36.0

643

6,550

250

37.05

0.14

23.3

30.7

548

6,550

250

28.17

0.18

30.7

23.3

417

6,550

250

20.71

0.24

41.8

17.2

306

6,550

250

15.17

0.33

57.0

12.8

229

6,550

250

43.49

0.09

15.6

69.2

1,235

6,550

300

37.05

0.11

18.3

58.9

1,052

6,550

300

31.96

0.12

21.2

50.8

908

6,550

300

43.49

0.18

31.3

34.4

614

6,550

250

31.96

0.25

42.5

25.3

451

6,550

250

28.17

0.28

48.3

22.3

398

6,550

250

24.00

0.33

56.7

19.0

339

6,550

250

20.71

0.39

65.7

16.4

292

6,550

250

15.17

0.53

89.7

12.2

219

6,550

250

12.92

0.62

105.2

10.4

186

6,550

250

û û û û û û û û û û û û û û û û û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

0.07

2 0.08

0.12

0.15

100

11.15

0.72

122.0

9.0

161

6,550

250

43.49

0.12

21.0

64.3

1,147

6,550

300

37.05

0.14

24.7

54.7

978

6,550

300

28.17

0.19

32.5

41.6

743

6,550

300

20.71

0.26

44.2

30.6

546

6,550

300

15.17

0.35

60.3

22.9

408

6,550

300

11.15

0.48

82.1

16.8

300

6,550

300

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

0.25

0.31

3 2

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

SLmin

App.

65.5

28.6

512

6,550

250

89.2

21.1

376

6,550

250

0.59

101.2

18.6

331

6,550

250

24.00

0.70

118.8

15.8

282

6,550

250

20.71

0.81

137.6

13.6

244

6,550

250

15.17

1.10

187.9

10.2

182

6,550

250

12.92

1.29

220.5

8.7

155

6,550

250

11.15

1.50

255.6

7.5

134

6,550

250

43.49

0.18

30.6

73.7

1,316

6,550

300

31.96

0.24

41.6

54.1

967

6,550

300

28.17

0.28

47.2

47.7

852

6,550

300

24.00

0.32

55.4

40.7

726

6,550

300

20.71

0.38

64.2

35.1

626

6,550

300

15.17

0.51

87.6

26.2

468

6,550

300

12.92

0.60

102.8

22.3

399

6,550

300

11.15

0.70

119.2

19.3

344

6,550

300

24.00

0.34

57.3

48.6

867

6,550

300

20.71

0.39

66.5

41.9

748

6,550

300

15.17

0.53

90.7

31.3

559

6,550

300

12.92

0.62

106.5

26.7

477

6,550

300

11.15

0.72

123.4

23.0

411

6,550

300

43.49

0.39

66.2

42.2

753

6,550

300

31.96

0.53

90.1

31.0

553

6,550

300

28.17

0.60

102.2

27.3

488

6,550

300

24.00

0.70

120.0

23.3

415

6,550

300

20.71

0.82

139.1

20.1

358

6,550

300

15.17

1.11

189.9

15.0

268

6,550

300

12.92

1.31

222.9

12.8

228

6,550

300

11.15

1.51

258.3

11.0

197

6,550

300

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

-1

Drum Motors 113i – derated

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

101

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i – d e r at e d Electrical data for 3-phase motors, derated

Power packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.06

1.07 1.07 1.57 1.57 1.80 1.80 2.32 2.32 1.57 1.57 2.81 2.81 2.48 2.48 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.48 2.48

0.91 0.91 1.74 1.74 1.49 1.49 2.05 2.05 1.32 1.32 2.48 2.48 2.31 2.31 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.07 2.31 2.31

1.16 1.16 1.82 1.82 1.74 1.74 2.18 2.18 1.57 1.57 2.64 2.64 2.56 2.56 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.23 2.56 2.56

144.0 144.0 200.0 200.0 126.4 126.4 97.0 97.0 86.0 86.0 54.8 54.8 36.1 36.1 49.8 49.8 41.5 41.5 20.5 20.5

38 33 26 29 18 17 14 20 23 11 -

66 58 45 51 32 30 25 35 40 20

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 1.9 1.9 2.0 2.0 2.9 2.9 2.2 2.2 4.2 4.2 2.9 2.9 2.9 2.9 4.2 4.2

•

0.12

5.7 5.7 3.3 3.3 3.3 3.3 5.7 5.7 2.1 2.1 5.7 5.7 1.4 1.4 3.8 3.8 3.8 3.8 2.4 2.4

Halogen-free, screened

0.28 0.28 0.53 0.53 0.48 0.48 0.50 0.50 0.71 0.71 0.59 0.59 0.66 0.66 0.78 0.78 0.69 0.69 0.69 0.69

•

0.08

0.60 0.60 0.60 0.60 0.63 0.63 0.62 0.62 0.70 0.70 0.62 0.62 0.71 0.71 0.79 0.79 0.78 0.78 0.79 0.79

Standard, screened

0.88 0.51 0.55 0.32 0.66 0.38 0.97 0.56 0.61 0.35 1.02 0.59 1.11 0.64 1.02 0.59 1.44 0.83 1.42 0.82

•

0.07

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

0.15

0.21

0.25

0.31

4 2

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 113i – derated

Cable Specifications

102

Cool-Running

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

103

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

Power packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 113i – derated

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 70

dimensions 25

EL = SL + 20

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 10.6

ØA

Ø83

ØB

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

24 Ø30

1/3

1.5 10

1/3

1.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

17.5

ØA mm

ØB mm

113i crowned shell 113i cylindrical shell 113i cylindrical shell + key

113.5 112.0 112.0 112.0 113.0 113.0

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer 23

20°

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

104

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

M20 x 1.5

Ø99

Type

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

105

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 1 3 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

Power packed drive for small conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

M20 x 1.5

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

250 8.5

300 350 9.15 9.8

113i – derated

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. 30°

Drum Motors

Standard length 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 10.5 11.1 11.75 12.4 13.05 13.7 14.35 15

800 850 15.65 16.3

and weight

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium

6.5

Fig.: Special cable slot connector Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded

106

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

107

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 38 i – d e r at e d Applications

Characteristics

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

This cool-running drum motor is suitable for positive drive belts, like plastic modular belts or thermoplastic

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

non-modular belts. It is also suitable for non-belt applications.

on the material of the components.

99 Conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Mobile conveyors

99 Transport conveyors

99 Food processing

99 Logistics applications

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Airport check-in conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash down-applications

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

99 Low noise

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 900 mm

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor General technical data Max. shell length SL

Aluminium Mild steel Shell

Crowned

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets Special crowns and grooves End housing

Standard

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

1,600 mm

Order Information

Labyrinth Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Stainless steel

138i – derated

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Drum Motors

Material

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Encoders, see p 166

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Food-grade oil (FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Version

Cross-drilled thread, M8

Technical Data Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Component

Cylindrical

Note: When using a frequency converter please choose a standard drum motor.

108

Cool-Running

Options p 138

Accessories

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Drive pulleys, see p 198

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

109

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 38 i – d e r at e d Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles PN

m/s

min

0.45

72.55

0.28

61.85

0.33

49.64

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors, derated PN

SLmin

App.

m/s

min-1

0.07

72.55

0.04

5.7

106.3

1,564

8,300

300

49.64

0.06

8.4

74.1

1,089

8,300

300

40.91

0.07

10.1

61.5

905

8,300

300

30.55

0.10

13.6

46.0

676

8,300

300

72.55

0.07

9.4

138.0

2,030

8,300

300

49.64

0.10

13.8

96.1

1,414

8,300

300

40.91

0.12

16.7

79.9

1,175

8,300

300

30.55

0.16

22.4

59.7

877

8,300

300

25.39

0.19

26.9

49.7

731

8,300

300

20.22

0.24

33.8

40.0

588

8,300

300

16.67

0.29

41.0

33.2

488

8,300

300

72.55

0.09

12.7

144.0

2,117

8,300

300

49.64

0.13

18.5

100.3

1,475

8,300

300

40.91

0.16

22.5

83.3

1,226

8,300

300

34.00

0.19

27.1

69.3

1,019

8,300

300

30.55

0.21

30.1

62.2

915

8,300

300

25.39

0.26

36.2

51.9

763

8,300

300

20.22

0.32

45.5

41.7

613

8,300

300

16.67

0.39

55.2

34.6

509

8,300

300

12.44

0.53

73.9

25.9

382

8,300

300

72.55

0.13

18.6

144.6

2,127

8,300

300

61.85

0.16

21.8

124.5

1,831

8,300

300

49.64

0.19

27.2

100.7

1,482

8,300

300

40.91

0.23

33.0

83.7

1,231

8,300

300

34.00

0.28

39.7

69.6

1,023

8,300

300

30.55

0.31

44.2

62.5

919

8,300

300

û û û û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

0.15

2 0.21

0.31

110

25.39

0.38

53.2

52.1

766

8,300

300

20.22

0.48

66.8

41.9

616

8,300

300

16.67

0.58

81.0

34.8

512

8,300

300

12.44

0.77

108.5

26.1

383

8,300

300

10.00

0.96

135.0

20.9

308

8,300

300

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

0.62

0.83

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

SLmin

App.

39.0

100.4

1,476

8,300

300

45.7

86.4

1,271

8,300

300

0.41

56.9

69.9

1,028

8,300

300

40.91

0.49

69.1

58.1

855

8,300

300

34.00

0.59

83.1

48.3

710

8,300

300

25.39

0.79

111.3

36.2

532

8,300

300

20.22

1.00

139.7

29.1

427

8,300

300

16.67

1.21

169.6

24.2

355

8,300

300

12.44

1.62

227.1

18.1

266

8,300

300

10.00

2.01

282.6

14.5

214

8,300

300

34.00

0.29

41.0

134.7

1,981

8,300

350

30.55

0.33

45.7

121.0

1,780

8,300

350

25.39

0.39

55.0

100.9

1,484

8,300

350

20.22

0.49

69.0

81.1

1,192

8,300

350

16.67

0.60

83.7

67.4

991

8,300

350

12.44

0.80

112.1

50.5

742

8,300

350

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

-1

10.00

0.99

139.5

40.6

596

8,300

350

49.64

0.40

55.6

132.0

1,942

8,300

350

40.91

0.48

67.5

109.7

1,613

8,300

350

34.00

0.58

81.2

91.2

1,341

8,300

350

25.39

0.77

108.8

68.3

1,004

8,300

350

20.22

0.97

136.6

54.9

807

8,300

350

16.67

1.18

165.7

45.6

671

8,300

350

12.44

1.58

221.9

34.2

502

8,300

350

10.00

1.97

276.2

27.5

404

8,300

350

Drum Motors 138i – derated

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

111

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 38 i – d e r at e d Electrical data for 3-phase motors, derated

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.07

0.62

0.83

1.32 1.32 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.40 1.49 1.49 2.56 2.56 1.24 1.24 2.07 2.07

110.0 110.0 98.0 98.0 47.8 47.8 33.1 33.1 14.1 14.1 11.8 11.8 6.8 6.8

21 30 18 16 11 12 9 -

36 52 31 29 19 22 15

Halogen-free, unscreened

0.99 0.99 1.16 1.16 1.24 1.24 1.16 1.16 1.98 1.98 1.07 1.07 1.74 1.74

•

0.45

1.16 1.16 1.32 1.32 1.40 1.40 1.34 1.34 2.38 2.38 1.07 1.07 1.90 1.90

Standard, unscreened

2.7 2.7 2.4 2.4 2.7 2.7 3.0 3.0 5.0 5.0 3.1 3.1 4.9 4.9

•

0.31

9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 9.3 5.6 5.6 3.5 3.5 9.9 9.9 6.2 6.2

Halogen-free, screened

0.46 0.46 0.61 0.61 0.70 0.70 0.78 0.78 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.73 0.81 0.81

•

0.21

0.40 0.40 0.64 0.64 0.68 0.68 0.79 0.79 0.72 0.72 0.79 0.79 0.81 0.81

Standard, screened

0.95 0.55 0.95 0.55 1.11 0.64 1.26 0.73 2.13 1.23 2.68 1.55 3.15 1.82

•

0.15

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 138i – derated

Cable Specifications

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

112

Cool-Running

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

113

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 38 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 138i – derated

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 80

dimensions

EL = SL + 30

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 13

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

1/3

1.5

Ø30

ØA

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Ø100

ØB

15 17.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

20°

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

114

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

M20 x 1.5

Ø99

138.0 136.0 136.0 136.0 137.0 137.0

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

138i crowned shell 138i cylindrical shell 138i cylindrical shell + key

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

ØB mm

ØA mm

Type

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

115

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 38 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. 30°

M20 x 1.5

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 14.5 15.7 16.9 18.1 19.3 20.5 21.7 22.9 24.1 25.3 26.5 27.7 28.9

Drum Motors 138i – derated

Min. length with option

Standard length and weight

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium

6.5

Fig.: Special cable slot connector Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded

116

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

117

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 65 i – d e r at e d Applications

Cool-Running

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

This cool-running drum motor is suitable for positive drive belts, like plastic modular belts or thermoplastic

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

non-modular belts. It is also suitable for non-belt applications.

on the material of the components.

99 Conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Agricultural plants

99 Logistics applications

99 Food processing

99 Airport and postal conveyors

99 Steel or plastic modular belt applications

99 Warehouse loading conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

Component

Shell

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 1,000 mm

Note: When using a frequency converter please choose a standard drum motor.

General technical data Max. shell length SL

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M10

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Stainless steel

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Encoders, see p 166

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Food-grade oil (FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Order Information

Accessories

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Standard

Labyrinth

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

118

Special crowns and grooves End housing

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

Technical Data

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets

99 Low noise

Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Crowned Cylindrical

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

165i – derated

Material Aluminium Mild steel

99 Telescopic conveyors Characteristics

Version

Drum Motors

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Drive pulleys, see p 198

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

119

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 65 i – d e r at e d Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in

Cool-Running

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles PN

m/s

min

1.24

31.56

0.37

24.60

0.48

19.64

accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

SLmin

App.

m/s

min-1

0.31

46.56

0.08

9.8

284.4

3,511

19,000

450

62.37

0.10

10.3

271.8

3,356

19,000

400

39.31

0.14

16.3

171.3

2,115

19,000

400

62.37

0.11

13.5

298.8

3,689

19,000

400

46.56

0.15

18.1

223.0

2,754

19,000

400

39.31

0.18

21.5

188.3

2,325

19,000

400

19.64

0.37

43.0

96.0

1,185

19,000

400

14.66

0.49

57.7

71.7

885

19,000

400

û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

0.45

0.62

6 4

3 3

0.9

120

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors, derated

12.38

0.58

68.3

60.5

747

19,000

400

46.56

0.16

18.6

300.2

3,706

19,000

450

39.31

0.19

22.0

253.4

3,129

19,000

450

62.37

0.19

22.1

252.4

3,117

19,000

400

46.56

0.25

29.6

188.4

2,326

19,000

400

39.31

0.30

35.1

159.1

1,964

19,000

400

31.56

0.37

43.7

127.7

1,577

19,000

400

24.60

0.48

56.0

99.4

1,228

19,000

400

19.64

0.60

70.2

81.1

1,001

19,000

400

14.66

0.80

94.0

60.5

747

19,000

400

12.38

0.94

111.4

51.1

631

19,000

400

46.56

0.24

28.4

285.3

3,522

19,000

400

39.31

0.28

33.6

240.9

2,973

19,000

400

31.56

0.35

41.8

193.4

2,387

19,000

400

24.60

0.46

53.7

150.5

1,858

19,000

400

19.64

0.57

67.2

122.8

1,516

19,000

400

14.66

0.76

90.1

91.6

1,131

19,000

400

12.38

0.90

106.7

77.4

955

19,000

400

46.56

0.52

61.4

131.9

1,628

19,000

400

39.31

0.62

72.8

111.4

1,375

19,000

400

31.56

0.77

90.6

89.4

1,104

19,000

400

24.60

0.99

116.3

69.6

859

19,000

400

19.64

1.24

145.6

56.8

701

19,000

400

14.66

1.66

195.1

42.4

523

19,000

400

12.38

1.96

231.1

35.8

442

19,000

400

9.65

2.51

296.4

27.9

344

19,000

400

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

1.82

PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

SLmin

App.

44.1

252.5

3,117

19,000

450

56.6

196.6

2,427

19,000

450

0.60

70.9

160.3

1,979

19,000

450

14.66

0.81

95.0

119.7

1,477

19,000

450

12.38

0.95

112.6

101.0

1,247

19,000

450

46.56

0.52

61.2

267.3

3,300

19,000

450

39.31

0.61

72.5

225.7

2,786

19,000

450

31.56

0.77

90.3

181.2

2,237

19,000

450

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

-1

24.60

0.98

115.9

141.1

1,741

19,000

450

19.64

1.23

145.1

115.0

1,420

19,000

450

14.66

1.65

194.4

85.9

1,060

19,000

450

12.38

1.95

230.3

72.5

895

19,000

450

9.65

2.51

295.3

56.5

698

19,000

450

Drum Motors 165i – derated

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

121

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 65 i – d e r at e d Electrical data for 3-phase motors, derated

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.31

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

2.51 1.45 1.99 1.15 2.04 1.18 3.31 1.91 2.56 1.48 3.93 2.27 3.31 1.91 4.95 2.86 6.46 3.73

0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.75 0.75 0.78 0.78 0.80 0.80 0.84 0.84 0.86 0.86 0.80 0.80 0.85 0.85

0.50 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.74 0.74 0.60 0.60 0.76 0.76 0.68 0.68 0.79 0.79 0.78 0.78 0.83 0.83

35.1 35.1 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 7.3 7.3 19.8 19.8 7.6 7.6

1.8 1.8 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.1 3.2 3.2 3.6 3.6 3.7 3.7 4.6 4.6 3.5 3.5 4.8 4.8

1.74 1.74 1.24 1.24 1.07 1.07 1.17 1.17 1.30 1.30 1.16 1.16 2.48 2.48 1.18 1.18 2.07 2.07

1.57 1.57 1.16 1.16 1.07 1.07 1.16 1.16 1.10 1.10 1.07 1.07 1.74 1.74 1.07 1.07 1.65 1.65

1.98 1.98 1.40 1.40 1.07 1.07 1.20 1.20 1.50 1.50 1.24 1.24 2.64 2.64 1.21 1.21 2.31 2.31

22.4 22.4 28.0 28.0 25.0 25.0 6.2 6.2 14.4 14.4 8.3 8.3 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2 6.2

17 17 19 8 15 14 9 12 17 -

30 30 33 14 26 24 15 21 29

•

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

0.45

0.62

6 4

0.9

4 2

1.24

1.82

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 165i – derated

Cable Specifications

122

Cool-Running

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

123

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 65 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 165i – derated

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 130

dimensions

EL = SL + 40

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 17

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

ØA

Ø130

1/3

1.5 20

1.5

Ø30

ØB

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

17.5

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

165i crowned shell 165i cylindrical shell 165i cylindrical shell + key

164.0 162.0 162.0 162.0 162.0 162.0

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

ØB mm

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer 20

ØA mm

Type

10 26.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

124

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Fig.: Special cable slot connector

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

125

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 1 65 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

High-torque compact drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

30°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

400 35

450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 36.9 38.8 40.7 42.6 44.5 46.4 48.3 50.2 52.1 54

165i – derated

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Drum Motors

Standard length 950 1,000 55.9 57.8

and weight

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium 43

Ø99

20°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

M10

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded For cross-drilled and threaded hole the shaft flat length must be reduced from 45 to 25 mm.

126

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

127

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i – d e r at e d Applications

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Product Description

Material Versions

This cool-running drum motor is suitable for positive drive belts, like plastic modular belts or thermoplastic

You can choose the following versions of drum body components and electrical connection. The versions depend

non-modular belts. It is also suitable for non-belt applications.

on the material of the components.

99 Conveyors with high-duty cycles

99 Telescopic conveyors

99 Belts with side walls or cross cleats

99 Agricultural plants

99 Logistics applications

99 Food processing

99 Airport and postal conveyors

99 Dry, wet and wash-down applications

Component

Shell

99 3-phase AC induction motor

99 Maintenance-free

99 Dual voltage

99 Lifetime lubricated

99 Integral motor protection

99 Reversible

99 Steel-hardened helical spur gear

99 Reinforced shaft for SL above 1,000 mm

Note: When using a frequency converter please choose a standard drum motor.

General technical data Max. shell length SL

Order Information

With V-grooves With O-grooves With chain sprockets Shaft

Standard

ü ü ü

Cross-drilled thread, M8

Straight connector (for cables see p 266) Elbow connector (for cables see p 266) Terminal box

Brass / Nickel

Technopolymer

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

Labyrinth with FPM Electrical connector

Stainless steel

ü ü ü

Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further versions.

Options •

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Rectifiers, see p 162

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150 •

Encoders, see p 166

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts, see p 152

•

Food-grade oil (FDA and USDA), see p 268

•

Backstops, see p 158

•

Low temperature oil, see p 268

•

Balancing, see p 159

•

UL/cUL safety certifications, see p 265

•

Electromagnetic brakes, see p 160

•

Non-horizontal mounting (more than ± 5°), see p 248

Note: Combination of encoder and electromagnetic brake is not possible.

Please refer to fold-out page at the end of the catalogue.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Standard

Labyrinth

All data and values in this catalogue refer to 50 Hz operation.

128

Special crowns and grooves End housing

External seal Galvanised labyrinth

Technical Data

Frequency Internal shaft sealing system Protection rate Thermal protection Ambient temperature, 3-phase motor

ü ü ü ü

Cylindrical + key, for using sprockets

99 Low noise

Motor data Motor type Insulation class of motor windings Voltage

Crowned Cylindrical

99 Salt-water-resistant aluminium bearing housings

216i – derated

Material Aluminium Mild steel

99 Warehouse loading conveyors Characteristics

Version

Drum Motors

Options p 138

Accessories

Accessories p 170

•

Mounting brackets, see p 174

•

Drive pulleys, see p 198

•

Idler pulleys, see p 188 to p 198

•

Conveyor rollers, see p 202

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

129

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i – d e r at e d Product Range The following tables give an overview of the possible motor versions. When ordering, please specify the version in accordance with the configurator on the fold-out page. Motor versions

Mechanical data for 3-phase motors, derated PN

m/s

min

0.31

46.56

0.11

9.8

284.4

2,639

62.37

0.12

10.3

271.8

2,523

19,000

400

39.31

0.18

16.3

171.3

1,590

19,000

400

62.37

0.15

13.5

298.8

2,773

19,000

400

46.56

0.20

18.1

223.0

2,070

19,000

400

39.31

0.24

21.5

188.3

1,748

19,000

400

19.64

0.49

43.0

96.0

891

19,000

400

14.66

0.65

57.7

71.7

665

19,000

400

0.45

0.62

0.9

130

MA -1

SLmin

App.

19,000

450

û ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

12.38

0.77

68.3

60.5

561

19,000

400

62.37

0.25

22.1

252.4

2,343

19,000

400

46.56

0.33

29.6

188.4

1,749

19,000

400

39.31

0.40

35.1

159.1

1,476

19,000

400

31.56

0.49

43.7

127.7

1,185

19,000

400

24.60

0.63

56.0

99.4

923

19,000

400

19.64

0.79

70.2

81.1

753

19,000

400

14.66

1.06

94.0

60.5

562

19,000

400

12.38

1.26

111.4

51.1

474

19,000

400

46.56

0.32

28.4

285.3

2,648

19,000

400

39.31

0.38

33.6

240.9

2,235

19,000

400

31.56

0.47

41.8

193.4

1,794

19,000

400

24.60

0.61

53.7

150.5

1,397

19,000

400

19.64

0.76

67.2

122.8

1,139

19,000

400

14.66

1.02

90.1

91.6

850

19,000

400

12.38

1.20

106.7

77.4

718

19,000

400

46.56

0.69

61.4

131.9

1,224

19,000

400

39.31

0.82

72.8

111.4

1,034

19,000

400

31.56

1.02

90.6

89.4

830

19,000

400

24.60

1.31

116.3

69.6

646

19,000

400

19.64

1.64

145.6

56.8

527

19,000

400

14.66

2.20

195.1

42.4

393

19,000

400

12.38

2.61

231.1

35.8

332

19,000

400

9.65

3.34

296.4

27.9

259

19,000

400

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles PN np gs i v nA MA FN TE SLmin App.

Drum Motors 216i – derated

ü: Suitable for all applications. This version will ensure lowest cost and fast delivery û: Not suitable for all applications. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

131

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i – d e r at e d Electrical data for 3-phase motors derated

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

cos φ

kgcm2

Ω

V DC

Available cables for connectors (see also p 266):

0.31

230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400 230 400

2.51 1.45 1.99 1.15 2.04 1.18 2.56 1.48 3.93 2.27 3.31 1.91

0.62 0.62 0.62 0.62 0.75 0.75 0.80 0.80 0.84 0.84 0.86 0.86

0.50 0.50 0.63 0.63 0.74 0.74 0.76 0.76 0.68 0.68 0.79 0.79

35.1 35.1 22.6 22.6 22.6 22.6 11.3 11.3 11.3 11.3 7.3 7.3

1.8 1.8 2.9 2.9 3.1 3.1 3.6 3.6 3.7 3.7 4.6 4.6

1.74 1.74 1.24 1.24 1.07 1.07 1.30 1.30 1.16 1.16 2.48 2.48

1.57 1.57 1.16 1.16 1.07 1.07 1.10 1.10 1.07 1.07 1.74 1.74

1.98 1.98 1.40 1.40 1.07 1.07 1.50 1.50 1.24 1.24 2.64 2.64

22.4 22.4 28.0 28.0 25.0 25.0 14.4 14.4 8.3 8.3 6.2 6.2

17 17 19 15 14 9 -

30 30 33 26 24 15

•

Standard, screened

•

Halogen-free, screened

•

Standard, unscreened

•

Halogen-free, unscreened

0.45

0.62

0.9

4 2

PN np UN IN cos φ η JR IS/IN MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM USH delta USH star

IS/IN

MS/MN MP/MN MB/MN RM

USH delta USH star

Drum Motors 216i – derated

Cable Specifications

132

Cool-Running

Available length: 1 / 3 / 5 / 10 m

Connection Diagrams For connection diagrams, see Planning Section on p 270.

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

133

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles

Drum Motors 216i – derated

Dimensions 20

AGL = SL + 130

dimensions 45

EL = SL + 40

dimensions

Connector

Standard

FW = SL + 17

Fig.: Straight connector, brass/nickel

Fig.: Straight connector, stainless steel

1.5

1/3

1/3 SL

17.5

1.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, stainless steel

Fig.: Drum motor with straight connector

216i crowned shell 216i cylindrical shell

217.5 215.5 215.5 215.5

ØB mm

ØA mm

Fig.: Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer

Type

Ø30

ØA

Ø130

ØB

10 26.5

Fig.: Elbow connector, techno-polymer

134

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Fig.: Special cable slot connector

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

135

I n t e r r o l l D r u m M oto r 2 1 6 i – d e r at e d

Cool-Running

Strong powerful drive for conveyors with high-duty cycles The following options increase the minimum length of the drum motor.

Ø95

Ø105

Option

Min. SL with option mm

Brake Encoder Special cable slot connector

Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50 Min. SL + 50

30°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, techno-polymer

400 450 500 550 600 650 46.5 47.8 49.1 50.4 51.7 53

216i – derated

Min. length with option

The drum motor‘s weight depends on its length. Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Drum Motors

Standard length 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 54.3 55.6 56.9 58.2 59.5 60.8 62.1

and weight

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, aluminium 43

Ø99

20°

M20 x 1.5

Fig.: Terminal box, stainless steel Shafts for fixing

25 12.5

M10

Fig.: Shaft, cross-drilled and threaded For cross-drilled and threaded hole the shaft flat length must be reduced from 45 to 25 mm.

136

Overview of Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Options p 138

Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

137

Options Overview

Options 99 Interroll‘s focus is on optimum customisation for your application when developing options for Interroll Drum Motors. 99 This chapter includes options which are integral to the Interroll Drum Motor when it is delivered.

ÂÂ Lagging for Friction Drive Belts ÂÂ Lagging for Positive Drive Belts Lagging for plastic modular belts Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts

ÂÂ Sprockets for Plastic Modular Belts ÂÂ Control Options Backstops Dynamic balancing Electromagnetic brakes Rectifiers Low resolution encoders High resolution encoders

138

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90 Accessories p 170

p 140 p 146 p 150 p 152 p 158 p 159 p 160 p 162 p 166 p 168

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

139

L aggi n g f o r F r ic t i o n D r i v e B e lts Product Description Applications Characteristics

99 Food and hygienic applications

99 For standard drum motors

99 Flat belt, multi V-belt or round belt applications

99 High resistance to oil, fuel and other chemicals

99 Centered V-groove for belt tracking facility

99 Lagging increases friction between drum motor shell 99 Multiple V-grooves for V-belt or round belt conveyors

conveyor belt

Lagging profile

Colour

Characteristics

Shore hardness

Thickness mm

Smooth

Black White Black White Black

Oil- and fat-resistant FDA food approved Oil- and fat-resistant FDA food approved Oil- and fat-resistant

70 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 60 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 60 ± 5 Shore A

3, 4, 5 , 6, 8, 10, 12,

Lagging profile

Colour

Characteristics

Shore hardness

Thickness mm

Smooth

Black White Blue Black White Blue Black White Blue Black White Blue

Oil- and fat-resistant FDA food approved Food quality (not FDA) Oil- and fat-resistant FDA food approved Food quality (not FDA) Oil- and fat-resistant FDA food approved Food quality (not FDA) Oil- and fat-resistant FDA food approved Food quality (not FDA)

65 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 65 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 65 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 65 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A 70 ± 5 Shore A

2, 4, 5, 6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Longitudinal grooves Diamond patterned

99 Longitudinal grooved lagging reduces liquids between belt and shell

of the drum motor must be recalculated according to the increased diameter.

Technical Data Hot or cold vulcanised NBR (Other materials on request) -40 to +120 °C 65 to 70 ± 5 Shore A

Longitudinal grooves Diamond patterned

V-groove

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Friction Drive Belts

8 8

Hot vulcanisation

Note: Lagging has an influcence on the outer diameter of the drum motor and on the velocity. Belt pull and speed

140

Lagging for

Cold vulcanisation

99 Hot vulcanisation for high-torque drum motors

99 Lagging prevents slip between drum motor shell and 99 Hot vulcanisation is more hygienic

Material Ambient temperature Shore hardness

Smooth or specially grooved lagging to increase friction between drum motor shell and conveyor belt

Product Range

99 Wet applications

and conveyor belt

Options

6, 8, 10, 12, 14

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

141

L aggi n g f o r F r ic t i o n D r i v e B e lts Dimensions Smooth

Options

Smooth or specially grooved lagging to increase friction between drum motor shell and conveyor belt Cold and hot vulcanisation

Lagging for Friction Drive Belts

Longitudinal

Cold and hot vulcanisation

SL 1/3

1/3

ØA

ØB

1/3

Please refer to the following table for standard crowning of rubber lagging.

Fig.: Longitudinal grooved lagging

Fig.: Smooth lagging

80S

81.5

80i

81.5

113S

113.3

113i

113.5

138i

138.0

165i

164.0

216i/217i

215.5

R, hot vulcanisation mm

6, 8, 10, 12, 14

For other groove depths please contact your Interroll customer consultant. Cold vulcanisation

Hot vulcanisation

Min./max. R mm

ØA mm

ØB mm

Min./max. R mm

ØA mm

ØB mm

3 6 3 6 3 6 3 10 3 12 3 12 3 12

87.5 93.5 87.5 93.5 119.3 125.3 119.5 133.5 144.0 162.0 170.0 188.0 221.5 239.5

86.0 92.0 86.5 92.5 117.8 123.8 118.0 132.0 142.0 160.0 168.0 186.0 219.5 237.5

2 6 2 14 2 6 2 14 2 14 2 14 2 14

85.5 93.5 85.5 109.5 117.3 125.3 117.5 141.5 142.0 166.0 168.0 192.0 219.5 243.5

84.0 92.0 84.5 108.5 115.8 123.8 116.0 140.0 140.0 164.0 166.0 190.0 217.5 241.5

Note: S-series may be subject to thermal overload. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further information.

Cold and hot vulcanisation

Diamond patterned

Shell Ø mm

R, cold vulcanisation mm

Drum motor

D mm

Fig.: Diamond patterned lagging D mm

R , cold vulcanisation mm

R, hot vulcanisation mm

6, 8, 10, 12, 14

For other groove depths please contact your Interroll customer consultant.

For other drum motors with lagging please contact your Interroll customer consultant.

142

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

143

L aggi n g f o r F r ic t i o n D r i v e B e lts V-grooved

Options

Smooth or specially grooved lagging to increase friction between drum motor shell and conveyor belt

Lagging for Friction Drive Belts

Hot vulcanisation A centered V-groove in the lagging enables the use of conveyor belts fitted with a tracking profile on the underside of the belt which helps to prevent belt wander. The drum lagging groove should not be used to guide the belt. The actual tracking and guiding of the belt should be made using a conveyor slide bed or roller bed with built in tracking grooves.

b B

Fig.: V-grooved lagging Groove

K6 K8 K10 K13 K15 K17

R Standard R Option mm mm

Groove T mm

B mm

D mm

t mm

b mm

d mm

8 8 10 12 12 14

10 12 14 17 19 21

8 8 10 11 13 13

5 6 7 9 9 12

6 8 10 13 15 17

4 5 6 7.5 9.5 9.5

4 5 6 8 8 11

6 6 8 10 10 12

Belt

Note: Standard rubber thickness must be used with a mild steel shell in wet applications.

144

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

145

L aggi n g f o r P l ast ic M o d u l a r B e lts Product Description Applications

Options

Specially produced lagging based on the specification of plastic modular belt manufacturers

Plastic Modular Belts

Product Range

99 Food and hygienic applications

99 For standard drum motors with frequency converter

99 For driving most common plastic modular belts

(see p 258). The frequency converter should be set up

99 For cool-running drum motors (see p 90)

to reduce the power by 18 %.

PCD OD PCD

Note: For S-series drum motors with lagging please contact your Interroll customer consultant. Characteristics

Lagging for

99 Resistant to abrasion

99 Easy to clean

99 Quiet operation

99 High resistance to oil, fat and chemicals

99 Reduced wear on belt Note: Lagging has an influence on the outer diameter of the drum motor and on the velocity. The belt pull and speed of the drum motor must be recalculated according to the increased diameter. Refer to the velocity factor (VF) in the table below.

Technical Data Material Ambient temperature Shore hardness

Plastic modular belt manufacturer

Series

Hot vulcanised NBR -40 to +120 °C 65 to 70 ± 5 Shore A

Number of teeth

Outer diameter in mm

PCD

Pitch circle diameter in mm

Velocity factor

Information on request

Lagging 80i

113i

138i

165i

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

24 30 12 15 7 8

98.50 122.80 99.00 123.40 110.80 127.50

97.30 121.50 98.14 122.17 114.10 130.70

1.19 1.49 1.20 1.50 1.40 1.60

32 36 16

131.00 147.10 132.00

129.57 145.72 130.20

1.14 1.28 1.15

155.20

153.79

1.11

156.60

154.32

144.20

146.20

1.29

10 11

160.50 !

M1200 PE/AC M1200 PP M2500

24 24 12 13

92.50 96.00 99.36 108.00

97.30 101.00 99.00 107.51

1.19 1.24 1.20 1.31

7 8

! !

117.08 132.75

1.44 1.63

125.00 128.00 132.76 ! 149.50 140.00

129.57 132.62 131.58 140.23 147.83 148.98

1.14 1.17 1.16 1.24 1.30 1.31

38 38 20 21

M5000

32 32 16 17 18 9

10 11

216i/217I

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

1.12

186.54

1.14

243.00

1.12

161.80 178.31

1.17 1.29

193.00

193.25

1.18

15 16

! !

242.33 258.39

1.12 1.19

149.50 154.00 165.00 !

153.79 158.64 163.47 172.42

1.11 1.15 1.18 1.25

190.50

189.69

1.16

245.00

1.13

156.60 !

164.39 180.31

1.19 1.31

190.50

197.20

1.21

15 16

! !

244.33 260.39

1.13 1.20

Ammeraal HDS60500 HDS61000 HDS62000 HabasitLINK

146

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

147

L aggi n g f o r P l ast ic M o d u l a r B e lts Plastic modular belt manufacturer

Series

Options

Specially produced lagging based on the specification of plastic modular belt manufacturers

Lagging for Plastic Modular Belts

Lagging 80i

113i

138i

165i

216i/217I

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

800

105.50

116.50

1.43

139.36

148.53

1.31

1.20

105.80 114.15

1.30 1.40

187.40

186.50

1.14

1.12 1.20 1.12

127.00 98.89 118.45

1.56 1.21 1.45

245.35

1.13

1.22 1.47

187.07

1.14

1100 FT PE/ AC

20 24

94.50 !

97.25 116.45

1.19 1.43

184.07

1.12

1100 FT PP

20 24

94.00 !

98.31 118.45

1.21 1.45

1.35 1.10 1.14 1.24 1.11 1.15 1.25 1.09 1.13 1.23 1.10 1.14 1.24

1.24 1.31

99.47 119.45

185.66 152.24 157.83 171.57 153.24 158.75 172.57 150.24 156.00 169.57 152.24 156.90 171.57

202.83 186.07

91.50 !

174.00 ! 150.00 ! ! 151.00 ! ! 154.00 ! ! 154.40 !

193.00 !

20 24

9 31 32 35 31 32 35 31 32 35 31 32 35

10 38

1100 FG PP

1.15 1.22 1.27 1.46 1.13 1.16 1.30 1.14 1.18 1.31 1.12 1.15 1.28 1.12 1.17 1.32

244.33 260.39 243.00

! 91.00 !

130.20 138.23 143.94 165.93 128.35 132.05 148.00 129.09 134.03 148.86 126.58 131.04 145.54 127.59 132.47 149.41

239.00 255.50 244.30

6 20 24

130.50 ! 144.40 152.00 120.60 124.50 140.20 121.40 126.40 141.20 119.00 128.50 143.00 124.00 130.00 147.00

15 16 30

1800 1100 FG PE/ AC

16 17 18 8 26 27 30 26 27 30 26 27 30 26 27 30

1.19 1.31 1.18 1.23

196.30

105.75 !

164.39 180.33 162.37 170.42

190.00

13 14

156.60 173.20 163.00 !

1600

10 11 20 21

184.00

186.23

1.14

S.25-100 & 600 S.25-800

92.20

98.72

1.21

123.00

128.15

1.13

241.00

1.11

1.19

125.80

128.34

1.13

184.54

1.13

241.00

1.11

S.50-100 & 600 S.50-800

115.08

1.41

131.20

146.77

1.29

179.00

193.00

1.18

114.08

1.40

136.00

146.20

1.29

1.10 1.16 1.10 1.16 1.18 1.29 1.27 1.29

181.54

96.79

151.89 160.37 152.32 159.81 162.39 177.47 161.39 177.50

93.60

146.50 ! ! 157.80 ! 161.48 ! 168.80

19 20 19 20 10 11 10 11

185.00

193.19

1.18

15 16 15 16

! 244.00 233.50 !

242.33 256.29 240.49 257.39

1.12 1.18 1.11 1.19

LM50 Series 3

7 8

104.00 !

115.20 129.75

1.41 1.59

140.00

146.19

1.29

10 11

157.00 173.00

161.80 177.47

1.17 1.29

189.00

193.19

1.18

15 16

! 251.50

241.33 256.29

1.11 1.19

CNB

98.00

98.52

1.21

1.12

239.00 255.50

244.33 260.39

1.12 1.20

24 7 7 12

91.75 ! ! !

98.27 115.08 115.08 100.14

1.21 1.41 1.41 1.23

1.18 1.18 1.15

15 15 30

! ! !

242.33 242.33 245.00

1.12 1.21 1.13

127.00

1.56

1.15 1.29 1.29 1.17 1.24 1.31 1.46

194.28 194.08 188.54

130.86 146.19 146.19 132.25 140.23 148.27 165.93

! ! !

124.50 144.00 139.50 132.00 ! ! 152

12 12 23

X-MPB

32 9 9 16 17 18 8

1.19 1.31 1.12 1.17 1.17 1.20 1.26

15 16

M-SNB OPB-4 OPB-8 S-MPB

164.39 180.33 154.79 161.80 161.80 164.93 173.11

1.14 1.19 1.20

1.12

156.60 173.20 ! 160.00 155.50 165.00 173.00

186.54 194.60 196.28

243.00

10 11 38 10 10 20 21

! ! !

1.44

23 24 12

117.08

1.15 1.29 1.31

154.92

130.71 146.85 148.51

155.50

131.00 147.40 140.00

MPB

16 18 9

185.66

1.35

205.49

1.25

245.35

1.13

Intralox

Scanbelt

Siegling

Uni Chains / Ammeraal

Note on order information, see p 156.

148

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

149

L aggi n g f o r T h e r m o p l ast ic N o n - M o d u l a r B e lts Product Description Applications

Specially produced lagging based on the specification of thermoplastic non-modular belt manufacturers

Options Lagging for Thermoplastic Non-Modular Belts

Product Range

99 Food and hygienic applications

99 For standard drum motors with frequency converter

99 For driving most common thermoplastic

(see p 258). The frequency converter should be set up

non-modular belts

PCD

to reduce the power by 18 %.

99 For cool-running drum motors (see p 90)

PCD

Note: For S-series drum motors with lagging please contact your Interroll customer consultant. Characteristics

99 High resistance to oil, fuel and other chemicals

99 Reduced wear on belt

99 Resistant to abrasion

99 Easy to clean

99 Quiet operation

99 Low friction

Note: Lagging has an influence on the outer diameter of the drum motor and on the velocity. The belt pull and speed of the drum motor must be recalculated based on the increased diameter. Refer to the velocity factor (VF) in

Number of teeth

the table below.

Outer diameter in mm

PCD

Pitch circle diameter in mm

Velocity factor

Information on request

Technical Data Material Ambient temperature Shore hardness

Moulded PU -35 to +80 °C 80 D ± 5

Thermoplastic non-modular Series belt manufacturer

Lagging 80i Z

113i

138i

165i

216i/217i

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

PCD mm

TD8026 13 TD8050

105.35

1.29

18 9

145.83 142.96

1.28 1.26

20 10

163.03 159.02

1.18 1.15

191.11

1.17

239.33

1.1

FH-3 Super Drive

140

1.23

161.70

1.17

Intralox

Volta 9

116

1.42

Note on order information, see p 156.

150

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

151

S p r o c k e ts f o r P l ast ic M o d u l a r B e lts Product Description Applications

Options

Special sprockets based on the specification of modular belt manufacturers

Plastic Modular Belts

Product Range

99 For driving most common plastic modular belts

99 For cool-running drum motors (see p 90)

To use sprockets, drum motors have to be ordered with cylindrical shell and with key.

99 For standard drum motors with frequency converter 99 For drum motors with cylindrical shell and key (see p 258). The frequency converter should be set up 99 For food processing applications

PCD

to reduce the power by 18 %.

PCD

Note: For s-series drum motors please contact your Interroll customer consultant. Characteristics

Sprockets for

PCD

99 Rust-free with stainless steel sprockets

99 Laser cut for excellent fitting accuracy

Note: The sprockets have an influcence on the outer diameter of the drum motor and on the velocity. The belt pull and speed of the drum motor must be recalculated according to the increased diameter. Refer to the velocity factor (VF) in the table below.

Technical Data Material Ambient temperature

Modular belt manufacturer

Series

Steel, stainless steel / Mild steel -30 to +120 °C

Number of teeth

Outer diameter in mm

PCD

Pitch circle diameter in mm

Velocity factor

Width of sprocket in mm

Rev.

Reversible sprocket

Ref. no.

Reference number

Information on request

Rev. Sprocket 80i Z

113i OD mm

PCD mm

OD mm

138i

B mm

Ref. no.

PCD mm

25 103.70 101.00 1.24 3.00

CW0070

36 150.20 149.80 1.33

B mm

Ref. no.

3.00

CW0082

OD mm

165i PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

40 166.89 162.00 1.18 3.00

CW0154

20 165.53 164.00 1.20 6.00

CW0122

11 174.30 180.00 1.31 5.00

CW0036

11 173.80 180.00 1.31 5.00

CW0279

OD mm

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

24 198.62 196.00 1.21 6.00

CW0350

HabasitLINK M1220 M1233 M2520 & M2530 M2540 M5010

ü ü ü

15 123.90 122.00 1.49 12.00 CW0446

19 156.80 154.00 1.36

12.00 CW0453

13 107.40 107.00 1.31 4.00 15 123.90 122.00 1.49 4.00

17 19 20 10

1.23 1.36 1.45 1.45

4.00 4.00 4.00 5.00

CW0090 CW0024 CW0101 CW0094

10 157.04 164.00 1.45

6.00

CW0116

M5020 M5032

152

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

CW0074 CW0007

141.03 156.80 165.10 157.20

139.00 154.00 164.00 164.00

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

153

S p r o c k e ts f o r P l ast ic M o d u l a r B e lts Modular belt manufacturer

Series

Options

Special sprockets based on the specification of modular belt manufacturers

Sprockets for Plastic Modular Belts

Rev. Sprocket 80i

113i

OD mm

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

124.24 133.00 1.63 6.00

CW0137

12 107.00 105.00 1.29 3.00

CW0001

OD mm

138i PCD mm

OD mm

165i

B mm

Ref. no.

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

10 158.32 164.00 1.45

6.00

CW0092

12 197.55 196 1.43 4.00 12 190.00 196.00 1.43 6.00

CW0130 CW0121

15 135.00 131.00 1.16 18 160.00 157.00 1.39

3.00 3.00

CW0015 CW0021

20 178.00 174.00 1.27 3.00

CW0043

21 186.90 182.00 1.33 3.00

CW0120

30 32 30 32

18.00 18.00 6.00 6.00

CW0220 CW0294 CW0028 CW0031

OD mm

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

22 194.25 191.00 1.18 3.00 24 213.60 208.00 1.28 3.00

CW0058 CW0341

40 197.12 194.00 1.20 4.00

CW0115

18 222.80 219.00 1.60 8.00

CW0246

26 211.55 211.00 1.30 6.00

CW0062

13 216.35 209.00 1.29 8.00

CW0175

Intralox 200 800 900

ü ü

1100

24 118.46 116.00 1.42 18.00 CW0207

24 118.46 116.00 1.42 6.00 1100 Flat Top 1400

ü ü

1600

2000

ü ü

2400

145.00 155.00 145.00 155.00

1.28 1.37 1.28 1.37

1500

2200

CW0071

147.90 157.69 147.90 157.69

28 118.84 113.00 1.38 6.00 30 124.10 121.00 1.48 6.00 14 111.80 114.00 1.40 8.00

CW0078 CW0230 CW0068

35 172.48 170.00 1.24 8.00

CW0222

35 172.48 170.00 1.24 4.00 21 173.66 170.00 1.24 6.00

CW0055 CW0340

36 152.79 146.00 1.29

6.00

CW0097

42 173.74 170.00 1.24 6.00

CW0214

17 135.30 138.00 1.22 20 162.17 162.00 1.43 16 149.34 165.00 1.46

8.00 8.00 8.00

CW0089 CW0117 CW0084

20 162.17 162.00 1.18 8.00

CW0046

16 198.00 195.00 1.42 16.00 CW0454 15 122.40 122.00 1.49 12.00 CW0447

19 154.60 154.00 1.36

12.00 CW0451

16 198.00 195.00 1.42 8.00 CW0037 24 194.95 195.00 1.42 12.00 CW0233

16 130.40 130.00 1.59 6.00 17 138.69 138.00 1.69 6.00 15 122.40 122.00 1.49 6.00

19 154.60 154.00 1.36

6.00

24 194.95 195.00 1.42 6.00

CW0069 CW0079 CW008

CW0026

CW0051

Rexnord 880 1010 8506

15 184.25 183.00 1.34 10.00 CW0167

ü ü

16 131.50 130.00 1.59 8.00 CW0257 21 130.00 ! ! 11.00 CW0281

Scanbelt S.12-400 S.25-400 S.25-830 S.50-100 S.50-808 S.50-908

154

ü ü ü

28 117.90 112.00 1.37 4.00

CW0105

13 104.97 104.00 1.27 4.00

CW0004

14 113.07 112.00 1.37 4.00

ü ü

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

17 139.23 136.00 1.20

4.00

CW0201

20 159.31 160.00 1.17 4.00

CW0045

20 156.79 160.00 1.17 8.00

CW0128

12 187.55 195.00 1.42 4.00

CW0147

CW0075 10 164.00 164.00 1.45

8.00

CW0343

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

155

S p r o c k e ts f o r P l ast ic M o d u l a r B e lts Modular belt manufacturer

Series

Options

Special sprockets based on the specification of modular belt manufacturers

Sprockets for Plastic Modular Belts

Rev. Sprocket 80i Z

113i OD mm

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

13 110.00 108.12 1.35 3.00

CW0247

OD mm

138i PCD mm

OD mm

165i

B mm

Ref. no.

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

3.00

CW0099

20 163.49 160.00 1.17 3.00

CW0155

OD mm

PCD mm

B mm

Ref. no.

6.00

CW0173

Siegling CM 25 LM 25 LS 50 Uni Chains / Ammeraal

ü ü ü

17 139.37 136.00 1.20

12 186.00 195.00 ! 25 154.18 153.20 1.36

6.00

CW0093

CW0005

18 146.10 146.00 1.29

3.00

CW0020

17 104.97 104.00 1.27 4.00

CW0011

24 147.30 146.00 1.29

4.00

CW0188

CW0013

810/812/815 Slat Top Chain Flex SNB

ü ü

14 113.80 114.00 1.40 3.00

Light

Light EP

ü ü ü

MPB M-SNB & M-QNB M-SNB M2 OPB QNB S-MPB SNB M1 SNB M2

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

110.58 111.00 1.36 8.00

9 24 99.51

97.00

1.19 5.00

142.50 149.00 1.32

8.00

CW0102

10 160.14 169.00 1.50

8.00

CW0187

21 170.44 170.00 1.24 3.00 24 194.80 195.00 1.42 3.00 27 165.65 219.00 1.60 4.00

CW0049 CW0126 CW0124

24 194.80 195.00 1.20 3.00

CW0275

14 171.36 171.00 1.25 8.00

CW0152

16 195.84 195.00 1.20 8.00

CW0174

13 205.83 212.00 131

8.00

CW0114

24 194.40 195.00 1.20 6.00

CW0255

CW0012

15 121.50 122.00 1.49 6.00

CW0010

17 137.46 138.00 1.22

6.00

CW0018

13 107.80 106.00 1.30 3.00

CW0003

18 148.66 146.00 1.29

3.00

CW0022

14 119.20 114.00 1.40 3.00

CW0226

38 156.50 156.40 1.14 5.00

CW0057

21 170.12 170.00 1.24 6.00

CW0191

20 163.79 162.40 1.19 6.00

CW0234

17 144.40 138.00 1.22

3.00

CW0017

20 165.70 162.00 1.18 3.00

CW0044

24 199.00 195.00 1.20 3.00

CW0060

18 152.95 146.00 1.29

3.00

CW0023

21 173.90 170.00 1.24 3.00

CW0123

46 190.50 186.00 1.15 5.00

CW0253

32 132.68 130.00 1.15

5.00

CW0030

38 156.50 154.00 1.36

5.00

CW0032

Order

Different belt variants and materials for standard belt series may affect the operational characteristics and

Information

engagement of the belt and drive profile. Although Interroll try to show the most popular basic profile options in this catalogue, manufacturers are offering new variations of their standard belt series. If you are unable to find the required profiled lagging or sprocket you need, or if you have some doubts, please answer the following questions and send them to Interroll with your enquiry:

156

•

Lagging or sprockets preferred?

•

Belt material?

•

Thermoplastic non-modular belt or plastic modular belt?

•

Number of teeth?

•

Drum motor diameter?

•

Tooth Pitch?

•

Required belt speed?

•

Reversible, yes or no?

•

Belt manufacturer?

•

Outside diameter (D) in mm?

•

Belt series?

•

Pitch circle diameter (PCD) in mm?

•

Belt type and variant?

•

Sprocket thickness (B) in mm?

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

157

Options

B a c k s t o p s a n d B a l a n ci n g

Applications

Balancing

Backstops

Balancing

Product Description

Backstops prevent roll-back of the belt and load.

Static or dynamic balancing of the drum motor reduces vibration and out of balance running for sensitive high

99 Single direction inclined belt conveyors

99 Not for Interroll Drum Motor 113S

speed or dynamic weighing applications. Static balancing is applied to the drum motor shell only and the effective result must be tested for each application. Dynamic balancing includes the drum motor rotor, shell and end

99 For preventing run-back of the belt and load when

housings and the effective balance is given in the table below.

the power supply is off Characteristics

Backstops/

99 Bearing runs only in one direction

99 No electrical connection necessary

99 Fitted to the rotor shaft, except 80i

99 Higher holding torque than an electromagnetic brake

99 Fitted in the end housing on the 80i

99 High-speed conveyors

99 For i-series only

Applications

99 Weighing equipment Note: Any external modifications, like fixtures, lagging or sprockets, have an impact on the imbalance.

The rotational direction of the drum motor with backstop is indicated by an arrow on the bearing housing on the electrical connection side.

Note: For dynamic balancing please choose only i-series drum motors with stainless steel end housings.

Technical Data Dynamic balancing Tolerance End housing 80i end housing Shell lagging material

Fig.: Rotation arrow

5 g, 8 g, 10 g ±2 g Solid stainless steel with van Geffen drill holes 1 oil plug only supplied Only hot vulcanised NBR may be used

Note: Max. balancing length SL ≤ 800 mm.

Product Range Rotational direction looking from the connector side

158

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Clockwise (standard) Counter-clockwise

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

159

Options

E l ec t r o m ag n e t ic B r a k es Product Description

Product Range Drum Motor

Brakes and holds a load according to the stated belt pull. Applications

Electromagnetic Brakes

99 For reversible inclined and declined conveyors

99 For approximate positioning *

99 For reduced stopping times *

Rated torque M

Rated power

V DC

1.1

113i

138i

24 104 24 104 207 24 104 207 24 104 207 104 207 104 207

0.5 0.12 1.00 0.23 0.12 1.00 0.23 0.12 1.38 0.32 0.16 0.48 0.24 0.67 0.34

13 13 26 26 26 26 26 26 46 46 46 60 60 100 100

80 80 200 200 200 200 200 200 260 260 260 500 500 700 700

20 20 30 30 30 30 30 30 40 40 40 60 60 80 80

necessary an encoder with feed back control. Charateristics

99 Low-noise

99 Applied to the drum motor‘s rotor shaft

99 Low-wear

99 When power to the motor is disrupted the brake will

99 Operated by rectifier (see p 162) Response time

close (the brake is naturally closed)

165i to 216i 12

217i

315i

The brake opening and closing response time can vary substantially depending on the following: •

Type and viscosity of the oil

•

Level of oil in the drum motor

•

Ambient temperature

•

Internal motor working temperature

•

Switching at input (AC-switching) or at output (DC-switching)

Opening delay time t2

80i

99 For stopping and holding loads * For faster stopping times and accurate positioning, please use a frequency converter with braking function and if

Rated Rated DC switching t1 AC switching t1 voltage current

The difference between AC switching and DC switching is shown in the following table: Closing response time Brake voltage

AC switching

DC switching

slow approx. 1 V

fast approx. 500 V

Note: For DC-switching, the switching contacts must be protected against damage due to high voltage. M

t t1

Fig.: Closing and opening response time t1 Closing response time t2 Opening response time Reduction of

The rated brake torque is strongly influenced by the operating conditions within the drum motor (operation in oil at

brake torque

high temperatures) and the ambient temperature. For reasons of safety, the brake torque given in the data sheets should be reduced by 50 % for load calculations.

160

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

161

R ec t i f i e rs Product Description Applications

The rectifier operates the electromagnetic brake

Options Rectifiers

Dimensions

99 Drum motors with electromagnetic brake (see p 160) 99 Fast acting and multiswitch rectifier for applications 99 Applications with frequent starts and stops

in which short opening delay times are necessary

99 Positioning applications

Half-wave rectifier and bridge rectifier

99 Not for S-series

99 Half-wave and bridge rectifier for standard

applications 99 External component, must be covered or installed in

Characteristics

a control box as close to the brake as possible.

Product Range Input voltage

Brake voltage

Starting voltage

Holding voltage

Version

Application

Reference number

V AC

V DC

115

104

207

104

230

104

A B A B A B

BC0005

230

Fast acting rectifier Fast acting rectifier Half wave rectifier Bridge rectifier Phase rectifier Multiswitch

52 104

460 460

104 207

180 207

104 207

A B

Continuous running application Frequent start/stop application

Multiswitch Half wave rectifier Bridge rectifier

A A B A A B

C mm

D mm

E mm

BC0002 BC0003

34 64

30 30

25 54

3.5 4.5

4.5 5

Phase rectifier 64

BC0004 BC0010 BC0010 BC0003

17.5 5

5.6

190 180

B mm

104 104

BC0002

A mm

48.6

230 400

BC0005

Reference number

4.5 54

Using a fast acting rectifier or a phase rectifier will save energy because the holding voltage is lower than the

starting voltage. 2

4.5

9 54

Fig.: BC0004

162

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

163

R ec t i f i e rs 64

Rectifiers

17.5 4

Interroll recommends installing a switch between (3) and (4) for fast brake release.

5.6

48.6

Options

Connection Diagram

Fast acting rectifier

The rectifier operates the electromagnetic brake

4.5

input

bridge

brake

Fig.: Half-wave rectifier 7

input

bridge

brake

Fig.: Bridge rectifier

Ø 4.5

Fig.: BC0005 Multiswitch

input

brake

input

bridge

Fig.: Phase rectifier

justage delay time

Fig.: Fast acting rectifier

17.5

Ø4.5

brake

73.6

5.6

54 4.5

Fig.: Multiswitch

Fig.: BC0010

164

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

165

Low R eso lu t i o n E n c o d e rs Product Description Application

99 For applications which require control and

99 For i-series only

Available only with screened cables:

the drum motor belt or load 99 Supplies low resolution signals to an external

99 Cannot be combined with a brake

decoder and control unit 99 Embedded in the rotor bearing

Technical Data Rated voltage Max. operating current Max. rated output current High voltage Low level voltage

Resolution INC

Options Encoders

Connections

monitoring of the speed, direction, and position of

Characteristics

Accurate monitoring of conveying data

Cable

Signal

Green White Yellow Brown

A B 5 - 24 V 0 V

Cables

The encoder has open collector NPN transistor outputs. When connected to the input of a control interface the

Control

required load resistances (R) have to be used. The load resistances are stated in the above table. When using

interface

different interfaces or, should you have any doubts, please refer to Interroll or to a local electronic specialist.

4.5 to 24 V DC 8 to 10 mA 20 mA > 3.5 V < 0.1 V

Diagrams Ω

The resolution INC (increments per drum revolution) depends on encoder type and drum motor size. The INC can be calculated as follows: INC = p x i i

Gear ratio of drum motor

Number of encoder pulses per rotor revolution

Product Range Encoder type

Bearing design

Pulses per rotor revolution

Interroll recommends the use of an Opto-coupler for the following reasons:

80i to 138i 165i to 217i

EB-6202-SKFHTTLOC-32-N-0,5 EB-6205-SKFHTTLOC-48-N-0,5

6202 6205

32 48

•

To protect the encoder

•

To enable connection to other levels such as PNP

•

To get the maximum potential between high and low signal

Note: For 80i with encoder the drum motor will be supplied with 25 mm diameter shafts and one supply voltage.

166

Fig.: Connection diagram

Drum Motor

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

167

Hig h R eso lu t i o n E n c o d e rs Product Description Application

99 For applications which require control and

99 For i-series only

Available only with screened cables:

of the drum motor belt or load 99 Supplies high resolution signals to an external

99 Cannot be combined with a brake

decoder and control unit 99 Embedded in the rotor bearing Resolution INC

Options Encoders

Connections

monitoring of speed, direction, and position

Characteristics

Accurate monitoring of conveying data

The resolution INC (increments per drum revolution) can be calculated as follows: INC = p x i i

Gear ratio of drum motor

Number of encoder pulses per rotor revolution

Cable

Signal

Red Blue Grey Pink Green Yellow White Brown

5 V 0 V

Cables

Connection diagram

Product Range Drum Motor

Encoder type

Rated voltage

Max. operating current

Pulses per rotor Max. cable revolution length

Precision

V DC

80i to 217i

RS422A 5V

1,024

0.5

Note: Other resolutions are available on request.

168

Options Overview p 138 Accessories p 170

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

169

Accessories Overview

Acc e s s o r i e s 99 Accessories help you integrate the Interroll Drum Motor into your material handling system quickly and efficiently.

ÂÂ Mounting Brackets

99 This chapter includes external accessories which can be added to the Interroll Drum Motor during or after installation.

Anti-vibration bracket Light-duty flanged bracket for drum motor Light-duty flanged bracket for idler pulley Heavy-duty flanged bracket, Aluminium Heavy-duty flanged bracket, PE Plummer block for drum motor and idler

p 172 p 174 p 176 p 178 p 182 p 186

Idler pulley with integral bearing Idler pulley without bearing Series 7000 Idler pulley with bearing Series 7000

p 188 p 192 p 194

Drive pulley without bearing Series 7000 Drive pulley with bearing Series 7000

p 196 p 198

Conveyor Roller Series 1450 Universal Conveyor Roller Series 1700

p 200 p 202 p 206

ÂÂ Idler Pulleys

ÂÂ Drive Pulleys ÂÂ Conveyor Rollers ÂÂ Frequency Converters 170

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90 Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

171

Accessories

A n t i -v i b r at i o n B r ac k e ts Product Description Application

Interroll bracket mounting system

Anti-vibration Brackets

Dimensions 60

99 For Interroll Drum Motor 80S, 113S 99 Anti-vibration bracket with rubber insulation part for reduction of noise and vibration

32.5

99 The bracket is designed, so that the drum motor shaft is secured should the rubber become damaged

34.5

27.6 6.5

4.5

S1DGU8 S1DGP6

6.8

Anti-vibration Brackets Rubber

Reference Number

20.6

99 With 2 brackets fitted, max. torque of drum motor must be limited to 40 Nm

11.5 47

Fig.: Anti-vibration Brackets 47.75 34.5

20.6 21

Fig.: Rubber

172

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

173

Lig h t D u t y F l a n g e d B r ac k e t f o r D r u m M oto r Product Description Application

Accessories

Set of brackets for mounting a drum motor

Mounting Brackets

Dimensions A

99 For Interroll Drum Motor 80S, 113S

B G

80S /113S 113S

21 x 35 20 x 25

Steel, stainless steel Steel, stainless steel

S1DD6K S1DD7N

Note: Shaft 20 x 25 non standard, special order only.

Reference number

Material

Shaft mm

Drum Motor

Product Range

174

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Shaft mm

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

20.0 x 25.0 21.0 x 35.0

75.0 75.0

55.0 55.0

25.3 35.5

45.5 45.5

20.3 26.5

20.3 21.5

3.0 3.0

6.5 6.5

15.0 15.0

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

175

Lig h t D u t y F l a n g e d B r ac k e t f o r I d l e r Pu l l ey Product Description

Set of brackets for mounting an idler pulley

Mounting Brackets

Dimensions

99 For Interroll Idler Pulley 80S, 113S

H I

Reference number

80S /113S 113S

21 x 35 20 x 25

Steel, stainless steel Steel, stainless steel

S1DD6M S1DD7Q

Material

Shaft mm

Idler Pulley

Product Range

Application

Accessories

Note: Shaft 20 x 25 non standard, special order only.

176

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Shaft mm

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

20.0 x 25.0 21.0 x 35.0

120.0 95.0 25.5 75.0 55.0 21.5 24.0 20.3 3.0 120.0 95.0 35.5 75.0 55.0 21.5 24.0 21.0 3.0

J mm

K mm

L mm

37.0 30.0 6.5 37.0 30.0 6.5

Mmin mm

Mmax mm

35.0 35.0

79.0 79.0

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

177

H e av y D u t y F l a n g e d B r ac k e t A lu m i n i u m Product Description

Set of brackets for mounting a drum motor or an idler pulley

Brackets

Dimensions

99 For Interroll Drum Motors 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i

99 Only for drum motors with a threaded hole in the

and corresponding idler pulleys

front shaft (non cable / terminal box side)

99 For drum motors with cable connectors or

99 Only for idler pulleys with a threaded hole in each

terminal box

shaft end

Note: For threaded shaft dimensions refer to the dimensional drawings for the respective drum motor.

Brackets must be mounted in the following way: B

Overview

Fig.: Right-hand side bracket (A) for drum motor with elbow connector, straight connector or terminal box

Product Range Drum Motor

Idler Bracket Material Pulley set

80i 113i 138i 165i 80i 113i 138i 165i

A+B A+B A+B A+B A+B A+B A+B B+C B+C B+C B+C

A 2.5

Mounting

2.5

Application

Accessories

Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium

Electrical connector

Reference number

Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Cable slot connector Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Cable slot connector Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Cable slot connector

PTT0003 PTT0010 PTT0013 PTT0023 PTT0025 PTT0028 PTT0029 PTT0006 PTT0016 PTT0027 PTT0030

Drum Motor

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

J mm

K mm

L mm

N mm

O mm

80i 113i 138i 165i

120.0 190.0 200.0 240.0

85.0 115.0 140.0 170.0

25.0 55.0 55.0 55.0

62.5 96.0 121.0 146.0

20.0 30.0 30.0 30.0

50.0 85.0 110.0 122.5

50.0 62.5 75.0

40.0 56.0 67.0 81.0

13.5 20.0 20.0 30.0

47.5 67.5 80.0 100.0

9.0 20.0 20.0 20.0

15.0 15.0 15.0 27.5

M8 M8 M10 M10

10.0 40.0 40.0 40.0

10.0 10.0 10.0

Note: 165i only with key flat length of 25 mm (must be ordered specially)

178

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

179

H e av y D u t y F l a n g e d B r ac k e t A lu m i n i u m

Accessories

Set of brackets for mounting a drum motor or an idler pulley

Mounting Brackets

A N

H I

2.5

A mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

J mm

K mm

L mm

N mm

O mm

113i 138i 165i

190.0 115.0 55.0 96.0 30.0 85.0 50.0 56.0 20.0 67.5 26.0 15.0 M8 40.0 10.0 200.0 140.0 55.0 121.0 30.0 110.0 62.5 67.0 20.0 80.0 26.0 15.0 M10 40.0 10.0 240.0 170.0 55.0 146.0 30.0 122.5 75.0 81.0 30.0 100.0 26.0 27.5 M10 40.0 10.0

A N O

Drum Motor

2.5

C mm

Fig.: Left-hand side bracket (B) for drum motor and idler pulley

Fig.: Right-hand side bracket (A) for drum motor with cable slot connector B mm

2.5

Fig.: Right-hand side bracket (C) for idler pulley

180

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Drum Motor

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

J mm

K mm

L mm

N mm

O mm

80i 113i 138i 165i

120.0 190.0 200.0 240.0

85.0 115.0 140.0 170.0

25.0 55.0 55.0 55.0

62.5 96.0 121.0 146.0

20.0 30.0 30.0 30.0

50.0 85.0 110.0 122.5

50.0 62.5 75.0

40.0 56.0 67.0 81.0

13.5 20.0 20.0 30.0

85.0 120.0 130.0 165.0

13.0 26.0 26.0 26.0

15.0 15.0 15.0 27.5

M8 M8 M10 M10

10.0 40.0 40.0 40.0

10.0 10.0 10.0

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

181

H e av y D u t y F l a n g e d B r ac k e t P E Product Description

Set of brackets for mounting a drum motor or an idler pulley

Brackets

Dimensions

99 For Interroll Drum Motors 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i

99 Only for drum motors with a threaded hole in the

and corresponding idler pulleys

front shaft (non cable / terminal box side)

99 For drum motors with cable connectors or 9

99 Only for idler pulleys with a threaded hole in each

terminal box

shaft end

Note: For threaded shaft dimensions refer to the dimensional drawings for the respective drum motor.

Brackets must be mounted in the following way: B

Overview

A 2.5

Mounting

2.5

Application

Accessories

Fig.: Right-hand side bracket (A) for drum motor with elbow connector, straight connector or terminal box

Product Range

Drum Motor

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

J mm

K mm

L mm

N mm

O mm

80i 113i 138i

120.0 85.0 25.0 62.5 20.0 50.0 40.0 13.5 47.5 9.0 15.0 M8 10.0 190.0 115.0 55.0 96.0 30.0 85.0 50.0 56.0 20.0 67.5 20.0 15.0 M8 40.0 10.0 200.0 140.0 55.0 121.0 30.0 110.0 62.5 67.0 20.0 80.0 20.0 15.0 M10 40.0 10.0

One set of brackets comprises of one left-hand bracket and one right-hand bracket. Drum Idler Motor Pulley

Bracket Material Electrical connector set

Reference number

80i 113i 113i 138i 138i

A+B A+B A+B A+B A+B B+C B+C B+C

PTT0001 PTT0007 PTT0009 PTT0020 PTT0022 PTT0005 PTT0015 PTT0026

80i 113i 138i

182

PE PE PE PE PE PE PE PE

Accessories Overview p 170

Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Cable slot connector Elbow connector / Straight connector / Terminal box Cable slot connector

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

183

H e av y D u t y F l a n g e d B r ac k e t P E

Accessories

Set of brackets for mounting a drum motor or an idler pulley

Mounting Brackets

A N

N O

H I

2.5

Drum Motor

A mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

J mm

K mm

L mm

N mm

O mm

113i 138i

190.0 115.0 55.0 96.0 30.0 85.0 50.0 56.0 20.0 67.5 26.0 15.0 M10 40.0 10.0 200.0 140.0 55.0 121.0 30.0 110.0 62.5 67.0 20.0 80.0 26.0 15.0 M12 40.0 10.0

A N O

2.5

C mm

Fig.: Left-hand side bracket (B) for drum motor and idler pulley

Fig.: Right-hand side bracket (A) for drum motor with cable slot connector B mm

2.5

Fig.: Right-hand side bracket (C) for idler pulley

184

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Drum Motor / Idler Pulley

A mm

B mm

C D mm mm

E mm

F mm

G H mm mm

I mm

J mm

K L M mm mm

N mm

O P mm mm

80i 113i 138i

120.0 85.0 25.0 62.5 20.0 50.0 40.0 13.5 85.0 13.0 15.0 M8 10.0 190.0 115.0 55.0 96.0 30.0 85.0 50.0 56.0 20.0 120.0 26.0 15.0 M8 40.0 10.0 118.0 200.0 140.0 55.0 121.0 30.0 110.0 62.5 67.0 20.0 130.0 26.0 15.0 M10 40.0 10.0 128.0

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

185

P lu m m e r B lo c k B r ac k e t f o r D r u m M oto r a n d I d l e r Pu l l ey

Accessories

Set of brackets for mounting an idler pulley

Product Description

Brackets

Product Range

99 For Interroll Drum Motors and Idler Pulleys 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i, 216i, 217i, 315i J

Application

Mounting

Material

Reference number

80i 113i 138i 165i/216i/217i

Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Aluminium Cast iron Stainless steel Steel

PMB0001 PMB0002 PMB0003 PMB0004 PMB0012 PMB0008 PMB0009

315i

Drum Motor

C A

Dimensions L

A mm

B mm

C mm

D mm

E mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

I mm

315i

235.0 30.0 45.0 25.0 70.0 104.5 59.5 99.0 5.0

J mm

K mm

L mm

15.0 173.0 17.0 M12

Weight kg 3.39

Drum Motor

G I

C A

186

Drum Motor

A mm

B C D E F G H I J K mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm mm

L M mm

Material Weight kg

80i 113i 138i 165i/216i 165i/216i/217i

100.0 150.0 150.0 170.0 170.0

10.0 20.0 20.0 20.0 20.0

7.5 5.5 5.5 12.0 12.0

Alu Alu Alu Alu Steel

13.5 20.0 20.0 30.0 30.0

Accessories Overview pÂ 170

12.0 15.0 15.0 20.0 20.0

35.0 42.0 44.5 50.0 50.0

47.5 59.5 64.5 75.0 75.0

Options pÂ 138

16.5 24.5 29.5 39.5 39.5

35.0 55.0 55.0 70.0 70.0

4.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0

6.5 8.5 8.5 11.0 11.0

72.5 119.5 119.5 128.0 128.0

M6 M6 M6 M8 M8

0.14 0.50 0.52 0.80 2.50

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

187

I d l e r Pu l l ey wi t h i n t eg r a l b e a r i n gs Product Description Characteristics

Idler pulley for unit-load conveyors

Accessories Idler Pulleys

Versions

99 Static shaft

99 Integral bearings

99 Precision-machined shell

99 Dimensions match drum motors

For idler pulleys you can choose the following versions of drum body components: Component

Option

Series

Material Aluminium

Technical Data

Shell

Protection rate Max. belt tension Internal shaft sealing system External shaft sealing system S-series External shaft sealing system i-series

IP66 See equivalent drum motor Double-lipped, NBR Deflection seal, NBR Labyrinth

End housing

Shaft cap Shaft External seal

Crowned

S+i

Cylindrical

S+i

Cylindrical + key for using sprockets

Special crowns and grooves

S+i

Standard

S+i

With V-grooves

With O-grooves

With chain sprockets

Standard

Regreasable

Standard

Cross-drilled thread

Galvanised labyrinth

Labyrinth

Labyrinth with FPM

Mild steel

Stainless steel

ü ü ü ü

ü ü ü ü ü ü ü ü

ü ü ü ü ü

Note: For threaded shaft dimensions refer to the dimensional drawings of the respective drum motor.

Options •

Lagging for friction drive belts, see p 140

•

Lagging for thermoplastic non-modular belts, see p 150

•

Lagging for plastic modular belts, see p 146

•

Sprockets for plastic modular belts (use cylindrical shell with key), see p 152

188

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

189

I d l e r Pu l l ey wi t h i n t eg r a l b e a r i n gs Dimensions AGL C

ØD

ØA

ØE

ØB

Idler pulley for unit-load conveyors Idler pulley, crowned shell

ØA mm

ØB mm

C mm

ØD mm

ØE mm

F mm

G mm

H mm

80S with SL 260 mm to 602 mm 80S with SL 652 mm to 952 mm 80i 113S 113i 138i 165i 216i/217i 315i

81.5 83 81.5 113.3 113.5 138 164 217.5 320

80 81 80.5 112.3 112 136 162 215.5 317

20 20 12.5 20 25 25 45 45 45

35 35 17 35 25 30 40 40 60

45 45 43 45 83 100 130 120 120

21 21 13.5 21 20 20 30 30 45

5 5 3.5 11 20 6.5 8.5 8.5 15

8 8 6 14 10 15 20 20 20

The idler pulleys weight depend on its length.

1/3

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

G H

Fig.: Idler i-series

and weight 260 2.2 802 8.5

270 2.3 852 9.0

285 2.4 902 9.5

302 352 402 2.5 2.85 3.2 952 10.0

452 502 3.55 3.9

552 602 4.25 4.6

652 7.0

702 7.5

752 8.0

193 1.8

243 2.1

293 2.4

343 2.7

493 3.6

240 3 890 8.2

290 3.4 940 8.6

340 3.8 990 9.0

390 4.2 1,040 9.4

250 3.5

300 4.0

350 4.5

400 5.0

450 5.5

500 6.0

550 6.5

600 7.0

300 6.5

350 7.0

400 7.5

450 8.0

500 8.5

550 9.0

600 9.5

650 700 750 800 850 900 10.0 10.5 11.0 11.5 12.0 12.5

400 14

450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 900 950 1,000 15.5 17.0 18.5 20.0 21.5 23.0 24.5 26.0 27.5 29.0 30.5 32.0

400 19

450 21

80i Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

AGL C

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

ØA

ØD

ØE

393 3.0

443 3.3

543 3.9

113S

ØB

Idler Pulleys

Standard length

80S G

Accessories

440 490 4.6 5.0 1,090 9.8

540 5.4

590 5.8

640 6.2

690 6.6

740 7.0

790 7.4

840 7.8

113i Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

650 7.5

700 8.0

750 8.5

800 9.0

850 9.5

138i G

1/3 H

1/3 SL

1/3

G H

Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg 165i Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

Fig.: Idler S-series

216i/217i Shell length SL in mm Average weight in kg

190

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

500 23

550 25

600 27

650 29

700 31

750 33

800 35

850 37

900 39

950 41

1,000 43

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

191

I d l e r Pu l l ey wi t h o u t B e a r i n gs S e r i es 70 0 0

Idler Pullleys

Dimensions

99 Shrink-fit mounting of bearings on the axle journal 99 Precision-machined items with steel journals and

99 Reduced rotating mass, compared with conventional steel units

AGL = RL + 87

aluminium profile

Technical Data Shell material Max. belt speed Ambient temperature Shaft pin

Aluminium 2 m/s -5 to +60 °C Steel

Characteristics

Accessories

D5 D2

Product Description

Alternative idler pulley

43.5

1/3

43.5

Fig.: Idler series 7000 Maximum load capacity

When ordering an idler pulley without bearings the max. load has to be calculated by the customer. •

Max. allowed tube deflection 0.7 mm

•

Ø 62.5 mm: lx = 503,000 N/mm4

•

Ø 79.5 mm: lx = 1,070,000 N/mm4

•

Ø 91 mm: lx = 1,500,000 N/mm4

•

Allowed stress: 17.4 mm²

•

Lifetime calculation followed by the recommendations of the bearing manufacturer.

IT Class mm

62.5 79.5 91.0

61.1 78.1 89.6

7 7 7

Please indicate all other dimensions for drive journals or extensions. Please indicate the values for shaft diameter

Order

values D4 and D5 and length dimensions L1 to L3. Only when this information is provided, together with the

information

reference number and reference length RL, is an order complete and only then can it be processed.

Ø mm

Reference Number

62.5 79.5 91.0

07160A 07180A 07190A

Accessories Overview p 170

Ø D2 mm

The single-side locking recess provides axial fixing of the bearing to provide for a fixed-point side.

Product Range

192

Ø D1 mm

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

193

I d l e r Pu l l ey wi t h B e a r i n gs S e r i es 70 0 0 Product Description 99 Standard interface with bearing housings provided with inside thread for attachment to belt section profile or to tensioning stations

99 Precision-machined items with steel journals and aluminium profile 99 Reduced rotating mass, compared with conventional

99 Shrink-fit mounting of bearings on the axle journal

Shell material Max. belt speed Ambient temperature Shaft pin Ball bearing Bearing housing

•

Ø 62.5 mm = 6,000 N

•

Ø 79.5 mm = 8,000 N

•

Ø 91.0 mm = 8,000 N

Product Range

Technical Data Aluminium 2 m/s -5 to +60 °C Steel Steel, 2205 2RS / Steel, 2206 2RS Steel, burnished

Ø mm

Reference Number

62.5 79.5 91.0

07160B 07180B 07190B

Dimensions EL = RL + 106 RL

300

350

400

450

0.66 3,700 3,400 2,600 2,000

0.82 3,400 3,100 2,300 1,700

1.00 3,200 2,900 2,100 1,500

1.15 3,000 2,800 2,000 1,400

1.32 2,900 2,600 1,800 1,200

1.50 2,800 2,500 1,700 1,100

Ø 79.5 mm

RL 300 500 700 1,000

Rpm 150 in m/s 0.50 4,300 3,950 3,500 3,150

200

250

300

350

400

450

0.66 3,900 3,550 3,100 2,750

0.82 3,650 3,300 2,850 2,500

1.00 3,450 3,100 2,600 2,250

1.15 3,250 2,900 2,450 2,100

1.32 3,100 2,750 2,300 1,950

1.50 3,000 2,650 2,200 1,850

250

1/3

RL 300 500 700 1,000

200

in N

Rpm 150 in m/s 0.50 4,000 3,800 3,000 2,400

Ø 62.5 mm

load capacity

Idler Pullleys

steel units 99 Allowed stress 17.4 N/mm²

Max. dynamic

Accessories

The maximum static load resulting from preset belt tensioning is as follows:

Characteristics

Alternative idler pulley

Fig.: Idler series 7000 Ø D1 mm

Ø D2 mm

Ø D3 Bearing housing mm

X1 / X2 mm

62.5 79.5 91.0

61.1 78.1 89.6

59.0 75.0 88.6

23.0 29.0 35.0

M8 M10 M10

Ø 91.0 mm

RL 300 500 700 1,000 194

Rpm 150 in m/s 0.50 4,300 4,200 4,100 3,950

Accessories Overview p 170

200

250

300

350

400

0.66 3,900 3,800 3,700 3,550

0.82 3,650 3,550 3,450 3,300

1.00 3,450 3,300 3,200 3,050

1.15 3,250 3,150 3,050 2,900

1.32 3,100 3,000 2,900 2,750

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

195

D r i v e Pu l l ey wi t h o u t b e a r i n g S e r i es 70 0 0 Product Description 99 Suitable as pulleys for belt conveyors within the area 99 Mounting dimensions always based on customer

specifications

99 Shrink-fit mounted bearing on the axle journal/drive

99 Reduced rotating mass compared to conventional

journal

M1 L5

L7 L 0 (max. 223)

Technical Data Max. belt speed Rubber lagging

2 m/s

Ambient temperature Shaft pin

-5 to +60 °C Steel

When ordering a drive pulley without bearings the max. load has to be calculated by the customer. •

Max. allowed tube deflection 0.7 mm

•

Ø 62.5 mm: lx = 503,000 N/mm4

•

D5 D2

D6 D7

aluminium profile

1/3

43.5

Fig.: Pulley without bearing Ø D1 mm

Ø D2 mm

IT Class M2 Thread

62.5 79.5 91.0

61.1 78.1 89.6

7 7 7

M8 M10 M10

The single-side locking recess provides axial fixing of the bearing to provide for a fixed-point side. Please indicate all other dimensions for drive journals or extensions. Please indicate the values for shaft diameter

Order

Ø 79.5 mm: lx = 1,070,000 N/mm

values D4 to D7 and length dimensions L0 to L7. Only when this information is provided, together with the

information

•

Ø 91 mm: lx = 1,500,000 N/mm4

reference number and reference length RL, is an order complete and only then can it be processed.

•

Allowed stress: 17.4 mm²

•

Lifetime calculation followed by the recommendations of the bearing manufacturer.

Ø mm

Reference Number

62.5 79.5 91.0

07360A 07380A 07390A

Accessories Overview p 170

Pulleys can also be ordered with optional lagging. The friction between the belt and the drive is increased when lagging is installed. This allows higher loads to be transported with the same belt tension, and slip is markedly reduced on acceleration.

Product Range

196

steel units

99 Precision-machined items with steel journal and

capacity

Drive Pulleys

Dimensions

of unit-load handling

Maximum load

Accessories

Characteristics

Drive pulley for gearbox transmission

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

197

D r i v e Pu l l ey wi t h B e a r i n g S e r i es 70 0 0 Product Description

The maximum static load resulting from preset belt tensioning is as follows:

99 Suitable as pulleys for belt conveyors within the area 99 Precision-machined items with steel journal and

•

Ø 62.5 mm = 6,000 N

•

Ø 79.5 mm = 8,000 N

•

Ø 91.0 mm = 8,000 N

of unit-load handling

aluminium profile

99 Standard interface with bearing housings provided

99 Mounting dimensions always based on customer

with inside threads for attachment to belt section profile or to tensioning stations 99 Shrink-fit mounted bearing on the axle journal/drive

steel units

journal

Technical Data Max. belt speed Rubber lagging

2 m/s

Ambient temperature Shaft pin Ball bearing Bearing housing

-5 to +60 °C Steel Steel, 2205 2RS / Steel, 2206 2RS Steel, burnished

Reference Number

62.5 79.5 91.0

07360B 07380B 07390B

Dimensions EL = RL + 106 RL

350

400

450

0.66 3,700 3,400 2,600 2,000

0.82 3,400 3,100 2,300 1,700

1.00 3,200 2,900 2,100 1,500

1.15 3,000 2,800 2,000 1,400

1.32 2,900 2,600 1,800 1,200

1.50 2,800 2,500 1,700 1,100

RL 300 500 700 1,000

200

250

300

350

400

450

0.66 3,900 3,550 3,100 2,750

0.82 3,650 3,300 2,850 2,500

1.00 3,450 3,100 2,600 2,250

1.15 3,250 2,900 2,450 2,100

1.32 3,100 2,750 2,300 1,950

1.50 3,000 2,650 2,200 1,850

L 0 (max. 171)

1/3

Fig.: Pulley with bearing Ø D1 mm

Ø D2 mm

Ø D3 mm

IT Class X1/X2 mm

M2 Thread

62.5 79.5 91.0

61.1 78.1 89.6

59.0 75.0 86.6

7 7 7

M8 M10 M10

23.0 29.0 35.0

Order

values D4 to D7 and length dimensions L0 to L7. Only when this information is provided, together with the

information

reference numbers and reference length RL, is an order complete and only then can it be processed.

Ø 91.0 mm

RL 300 500 700 1,000

300

250

200

Ø 79.5 mm Rpm 150 in m/s 0.50 4,300 3,950 3,500 3,150

RL 300 500 700 1,000

M1L5

Rpm 150 in m/s 0.50 4,000 3,800 3,000 2,400

in N

198

Ø mm

Ø 62.5 mm

load capacity

Drive Pulleys

Product Range

Max. dynamic

Accessories

specifications 99 Reduced rotating mass compared to conventional

Characteristics

Drive pulley for gearbox transmission

Rpm 150 in m/s 0.50 4,300 4,200 4,100 3,950

Accessories Overview p 170

Pulleys can also be ordered with optional lagging. The friction between the belt and the drive is increased when 200

250

300

350

400

0.66 3,900 3,800 3,700 3,550

0.82 3,650 3,550 3,450 3,300

1.00 3,450 3,300 3,200 3,050

1.15 3,250 3,150 3,050 2,900

1.32 3,100 3,000 2,900 2,750

Options p 138

lagging is installed. This allows higher loads to be transported with the same belt tension, and slip is markedly reduced on acceleration.

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

199

C o n v eyo r R o l l e r S e r i es 1 450 99 Suitable as snub, bend, take-up or tenioning pulleys 99 Quiet running, due to the use of polymer bearing 99 Edges of roller rounded

bases and seals

Ø20 Ø 60

99 Sealing lips in front of ball bearings as protection

99 Secure bearing seating

against ingress of dirt

Technical Data General technical data Max. load capacity Tube diameter Max. conveyor speed Temperature range Materials Bearing housing Seal Ball bearing Rubber lagging

Accessories Overview p 170

Rollers

Product Range

or feed pulleys at motor stations for belt conveyors

200

Conveyor

Characteristics

Snub pulleys

5,000 N 60 x 3 mm 0.8 m/s -5 to +40 °C Polyamide Polyamide 6205 2RZ

7.5

EL = RL + 12

SW15

Product Description

Accessories

AGL = RL + 42

Tube material

Reference number

Steel, bright Steel, galvanised

1.88J.B6S.S6D 1.88J.J6S.S6D

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

201

U n i v e rsa l C o n v eyo r R o l l e r S e r i es 1 70 0 Product Description

Accessories

Silent conveyor rollers for heavy-duty loads

99 Suitable as support roller and return roller

Characteristics

99 Ball bearings are precision sealed

Spring-loaded shaft version 99 Tube has rounded ends

99 Axial fixing of bearing housing, ball bearing, and seal is form-fitted

Tube Material

Ø mm

Steel, zinc-plated 40 x 1.5

Technical Data

50 x 1.5

General technical data Max. load capacity Max. conveyor speed Temperature range Materials Bearing housing Seal Ball bearing

3,000 N 2.0 m/s -5 to +40 °C Polyamide Polypropylene 6003 2RZ 7 Steel 6002 2RZ

60 x 1.5

Sleeve PVC, 5 mm – PVC, 2 mm – –

Tube Material

Ø mm

50 x 1.5 60 x 1.5

Options p 138

Torque transmission Without grooves Without grooves Without grooves Without grooves Without grooves

Ball bearing

Shaft

6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ

1.7W5.JF5.VAB 1.7W5.JF4.VAB 1.7X5.J72.VAB 1.7X5.JAA.VAB 1.7Y5.JAB.VAB

Ball bearing

Shaft

6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ 6002 2RZ

1.7W4.JF4.NAE 1.7W4.JF5.NAE 1.7X4.JAA.NAE 1.7X4.J72.NAE 1.7Y4.JAB.NAE

Reference number 11 mm hex

Female threaded shaft version

Steel, zinc-plated 40 x 1.5

Accessories Overview p 170

Rollers

Product Range

Applications

202

Conveyor

Torque transmission

Sleeve

Without grooves Without grooves Without grooves Without grooves Without grooves

– PVC, 5 mm – PVC, 2 mm –

Reference number Ø 14 mm (M8 x 15)

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

203

U n i v e rsa l C o n v eyo r R o l l e r S e r i es 1 70 0

Accessories

Silent conveyor rollers for heavy-duty loads

Dimensions RL EL AGL F

Conveyor Rollers

Dimensions for

Reference length/Ordering length* Installation length Total length of shaft Length of the bearing assembly, including axial play

female threaded shaft version

*The reference length/ordering length RL does not have any reference points on the conveyor roller and can

0.5

therefore not be shown.

0.5 F

Dimensions for

EL = AGL

spring-loaded shaft version

Ø Shaft mm

Thread mm

Ø Tube mm

RL mm

AGL mm

F mm

14 17

M8 x 15 M12 x 20

50 / 60 / 80 50 / 60

EL - 10 EL - 10

EL EL

11 11

0.5

0.5 EL AGL

204

Ø Shaft mm

Ø Tube mm

RL mm

AGL mm

F mm

11 hex

50 / 60

EL - 10

EL + 22

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

205

Accessories

F r eq u e n c y C o n v e rt e rs Product Description

•

X200 – classic frequency converter for standard applications

•

SJ200 – ISPM technology with vector control

99 Up and down ramping

99 Positioning

99 Specific speed profiles

99 Smooth starts and stops

99 Adjustment of torque

99 SJ200 for applications that need high dynamic

99 Dynamic DC-braking Characteristics

Frequency Converters

Technical Data

Interroll offers two types of frequency converters:

Applications

System for controlling speed and torque

torque at low frequency

99 Can easily be integrated into simple or more complex control solutions (field bus interfaces) 99 Saves energy on start/stop applications

Electrical data Output frequency Overload capacity Protection rate Integrated EMC filter

0.5 to 400 Hz 150 % (for 60 s) IP20 EN61800-3 category C1 filter for X200 200-V-series (cable max. 10 m) EN61800-3 category C2 filter for X200 400-V-series (cable max. 5 m)

Note: To satisfy EMC requirements, the carrier frequency setting must be less than 5 kHz. Screened cable is required for all motor connections. Note: Series SJ200 is availabe with additional EMC filter, for details see data table underneath.

99 Optional factory pre-set parameters to suit a specific drum motor 99 SJ200 with removable terminal strips for easy wiring

Note: Frequency converters are usually delivered from suppliers with a set of standard parameters. This allows the frequency converter to be ready for use immediately. However, these standard parameters may not be specifically optimised for the specific drum motor and could result in poor running characteristics. Interroll can provide frequency converters with pre-set parameters to suit a specific drum motor. USA

L100 MFU2 is an optional unit for USA.

Planning with

For further information on frequency converters, refer to the planning section (p 258).

frequency converters

206

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

207

Accessories

F r eq u e n c y C o n v e rt e rs Product Range

Frequency Converters

Data for series SJ200 200 V

Data for series X200 200 V Electrical data Rated input voltage Rated output voltage

1-phase, 200 to 240 V + 10%, -15 %, 50/60 Hz ± 5 % 3-phase, 200 to 240 V (corresponds to input voltage)

Rated power of drum motor

Weight

Rated output current

Reference number

0.2 0.4 0.55 0.7 1.1 1.5 2.2

1.4 2.6 3.0 4.0 5.0 7.1 10.1

0.8 1.0 1.5 1.5 2.4 2.4 2.5

FC1001 FC1002 FC1003 FC1004 FC1005 FC1006 FC1007

Data for series X200 400 V

208

System for controlling speed and torque

Electrical data Rated input voltage Rated output voltage

3-phase, 380 to 480 V + 10%, -15 %, 50/60 Hz ± 5 % 3-phase, 380 to 480 V (corresponds to input voltage)

Rated power of drum motor

Weight

Rated output current

Reference number

0.4 0.7 1.5 2.2 3.0 4.0 5.5 7.5

1.5 2.5 3.8 5.5 7.8 8.6 13.0 16.0

1.5 2.3 2.4 2.4 2.4 2.4 4.2 4.2

FC1008 FC1009 FC1010 FC1011 FC1012 FC1013 FC1014 FC1015

Accessories Overview p 170

Options p 138

Electrical data Rated input voltage Rated output voltage

1-/3-phase, 200 to 240 V ± 10%, 50/60 Hz ± 5 % 3-phase, 200 to 240 V (corresponds to input voltage)

Rated power of drum motor

Weight

Rated output current

Reference number

Additional EMC filter

0.2 0.4 0.55 0.75 1.1 1.5 2.2

1.6 2.6 3.0 4.0 5.0 8.0 11.0

0.7 0.85 0.85 1.8 1.8 1.8 2.8

FC0015 FC0017 FC0019 FC0021 FC0023 FC0025 FC0027

PF0003 PF0003 PF0003 PF0001 PF0001 PF0002 PF0002

Data for series SJ200 400 V Electrical data Rated input voltage Rated output voltage

3-phase, 380 to 480 V ± 10%, 50/60 Hz ± 5 % 3-phase, 380 to 480 V (corresponds to input voltage)

Rated power of drum motor

Weight

Rated output current

Reference number

Additional EMC filter

0.4 0.75 1.5 2.2 5.5

1.5 2.5 3.8 5.5 13.0

1.3 1.7 2.8 2.8 3.8

FC0048 FC0053 FC0052 FC0056 FC0057

PF0006 PF0006 PF0006 PF0006 PF0005

Note: Compliance category of additionnal EMC filters: •

PF0001: C1 (5 m cable / leakage < 3.5 mA)

•

PF0002, PF0003, PF0005, PF0006: C1 (10 m cable / leakage < 3.5 mA)

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

209

Accessories

F r eq u e n c y C o n v e rt e rs Dimensions

System for controlling speed and torque

Frequency Converters

W D

Fig.: SJ200, 200 V and 400 V

Fig.: X200, 200 V and 400 V

210

Reference number

D mm

W mm

H mm

FC1001 FC1002 FC1003 FC1004 FC1008 FC1005 FC1006 FC1007 FC1009 FC1010 FC1011 FC1012 FC1013 FC1014 FC1015

93 107 128

80 80 110

155 155 189

155

110

189

165

Accessories Overview p 170

180

Options p 138

Reference number

D mm

W mm

H mm

FC0015 FC0017 FC0019 FC0021 FC0048 FC0023 FC0025 FC0027 FC0053 FC0052 FC0056 FC0057

103 117

80 80

120 120

139

110

130

166

110

130

155

180

220

250

Refer to the Planning Section on p 212 for help with planning and design

211

Planning Section Overview

P l a n n i n g S ec t i o n What is the purpose of the Planning Section? The Planning Section assists you in choosing a suitable drum motor and selecting components. The Planning Section provides you with:

212

•

Information on applications, industries and environmental conditions

•

Aids for calculating belt pull and power

•

Extensive descriptions of drum body versions

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Planning Information Choosing the right drum motor Application basics Environmental conditions Industrial solutions Design guidelines Calculation guide and selection Frequency converter Material specification Connection diagrams

p 214 p 216 p 220 p 230 p 234 p 252 p 258 p 260 p 270

www.interroll.com

213

Planning Section Choosing the Right Drum Motor

C h o os i n g t h e Rig h t D r u m M oto r What is your particular application?

Friction Drive Belt Application

Positive Drive Belt or Non-Belt Application

•

Application with friction drive belts like flat belts?

•

Application with positive drive belts, such as plastic modular belts or thermoplastic non-modular belts?

•

Non-belt application?

What are your specific environmental conditions?

Consider Environmental Conditions

•

Low or high temperature?

•

Dry or wet?

•

Hygienic requirements?

•

Consider the environmental conditions and decide on the material version

What is your industry?

Calculate

Calculate T2

Choose Standard Drum Motor

•

General logistics?

•

Food processing?

•

Airport logistics?

•

Supermarket checkouts?

What is the design of your conveyor?

Choose Standard Drum Motor

Choose Cool-Running Drum Motor

•

What is the type of your conveyor?

•

How do you wish to control the conveyor system?

•

Any mounting requirements?

How to calculate and select a drum motor? •

Calculate the appropriate belt pull and other friction factors

•

Consider the belt tension and elongation

•

Consider the type of load and the loading method

•

Choose the smallest diameter after considering all of the above

What options or accessories do you need?

Choose Frequency Converter if Required

Choose Frequency Converter

Don’t Use Frequency Converter

•

Sprockets or rubber lagging?

•

Brakes, backstop or other options?

•

Mounting brackets, idler pulleys or other accessories?

Complete the Configurator, refer to the fold-out page.

Choose Options and Accessories

214

Planning Overview p 212

Choose Options and Accessories

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Choose Options and Accessories

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

215

Planning Section

A p p l ic at i o n Bas ic s

Application Basics

Most Interroll Drum Motors are used for unit handling conveyors to handle packages, boxes, cartons, small pallets, or any other unit format. Either friction or positive drive belts can be used with standard or derated drum motors,

Positive Drive Belts

depending on your application. Examples of applications: •

Logistics, such as postal sorting, distribution centres

•

Airport baggage handling

•

Seafood, meat and poultry

•

Bakeries

•

Fruit and vegetables

•

Beverage and brewing industry

•

Snacks

•

Packaging weighing equipment Plastic modular belts and thermoplastic non-modular belts are positively driven with no tension. Because the belt has no direct contact with the drum shell, heat dissipation is less effective and therefore the drum motor should be

Friction Drive Belts

used in conjunction with a frequency converter optimised for cool-running. Alternatively a cool-running drum motor can be used. Positive drive belts use less power consumption than friction drive belts, allowing longer conveyor constructions. Because these belts are not tensioned, there is less stress on the bearings and internal parts of the drum motor resulting in a longer service life. •

I-series standard drum motors 80i to 217i with frequency converter

Suitable drum motors

•

Cool-running drum motors

•

When sprockets are required, choose cylindrical shell with key

•

When using a frequency converter, it is important to use its setup function to derate the motor and prevent thermal overload

Friction drive belts use the friction between the drum motor shell and belt to drive the belt. The drum motor is normally crowned to prevent belt wander. The belt must be tensioned in order to transmit the torque from the drum motor. The top surface of the belt can be flat, plain or have a ribbed, grooved or diamond pattern. Suitable drum motor

•

Standard drum motors with crowned shell

•

Cool-running drum motors with crowned shell

Torque transmission Lagging

Crowning of the shell is the simplest way to ensure central belt tracking.

Interroll recommends the use of profiled lagging wherever possible, resulting in easy cleaning, evenly distributed

Torque

torque transmission and torque dampening at start-up. Stainless steel or techno-polymer sprockets can be

transmission

supplied for belts where profiled lagging is not suitable. Interroll offers a wide range of profiled lagging according to the belt manufacturers’ specifications.

Lagging

For more detailed information, refer to p 241.

Interroll supplies a complete range of hot or cold vulcanised lagging in various materials in order to increase friction between the belt and drum shell. For more detailed information, refer to p 235.

216

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

217

Planning Section

A p p l ic at i o n Bas ic s

Application Basics

Non-Belt Applications

For applications without a conveyor belt or narrow belt covering less than 70 % of the drum motor face width, heat from the motor cannot be dissipated via the belt contact and therefore the drum motor must be used in conjunction with a frequency converter optimised for cool-running. Alternatively a cool-running drum motor can be used. Examples of non-belt applications include the following: •

Pallet roller drive and pallet transfer

•

Motorised transfer roller for gravity roller systems

•

V-belt drive for driving roller conveyors

•

Motorised rotary brush cleaning

•

Chain conveyors

•

Narrow belts covering less than 70 % of the drum face width

Suitable drum

•

Standard drum motors with frequency converter

motors

•

Cool-running drum motors

Non-horizontal

For some non-belt applications the drum motor can be mounted in a non-horizontal position.

mounting

218

For more detailed information, refer to p 248.

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

219

Planning Section

E n v i r o n m e n ta l C o n di t i o n s Hygienic Conditions

Conditions

Wet and Wash Down

For food processing and other applications where hygiene is paramount we recommend the following materials, connectors and accessories:

Conveyor Frame

Environmental

Wet and wash-down applications require rust-free or stainless steel materials for the drum motor shell and the sealing system.

•

Shell, stainless steel

•

Shaft, stainless steel

The following materials, connectors and accessories are available:

•

End housing, stainless steel

•

Shell, stainless steel or i-series mild steel with hot vulcanised lagging

•

Sealing, IP66 NBR or FPM with stainless steel labyrinth for 80i to 217i or NBR with regreasable shaft caps for S-series

•

Shaft, stainless steel

•

Lagging, hot vulcanised, FDA approved, white NBR or PU

•

End housing for i-series (not 315i), seawater resistant aluminium or solid stainless steel

•

Oil, food-grade, synthetic

•

End housings for S-series, aluminium with stainless steel cover

•

Straight or elbow connectors in stainless steel or techno-polymer

•

Sealing for i-series, IP66 NBR or FPM with stainless steel labyrinth

•

Terminal box, stainless steel or techno-polymer

•

Sealing for S-series, IP66 NBR with regreasable shaft cap

•

Diamond patterned lagging is not suitable for food processing as it can be difficult to clean and leave traces of

•

Lagging, all types possible

bacteria

•

Diamond patterned lagging can be used for non-food wet applications

•

Electrical connectors, all types possible

facilitate easy cleaning, wash down and disinfection of the conveyor, drum motor and belt. The hygienic mounting

•

Max. 50 bar at a distance of 0.3 m

High pressure

of the drum motor in the conveyor frame should be done in such a way that the contact between motor shaft and

•

Max. 60 °C water temperature for NBR regreasable sealing

cleaning

the frame support does not have any metal-to-metal contact, i.e. by using a rubber sealing between shaft and

•

Max. 80 °C water temperature for NBR sealing

frame support. The rubber material shall be USDA/FDA and EC1935/2004 compliant.

•

Max. 80 °C water temperature for FPM sealing

According to EHEDG design rules, it is highly recommended to incorporate rust-free open conveyor frames to

Note: Changes in ambient temperature and humidity can cause condensation and lead to water inside the terminal box (especially in stainless steel). For example this can occur when the motor is operating below 5 °C and then washed down with hot water or steam. In these conditions, Interroll recommends using the cable option.

220

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

221

Planning Section

E n v i r o n m e n ta l C o n di t i o n s Dry and Dusty

Environmental Conditions

Low Temperature When a drum motor is operated in low temperatures (less than +5 °C), consider the viscosity of the oil and temperature of the motor while it is not running. Consider also that condensation may occur with varying temperatures. We would recommend the following materials, connectors and accessories:

All drum motors are dust-tight according to IP66. Any material can be used. However, please contact Interroll for applications in hazardous areas requiring intrinsically safe or explosive proof motors.

High Temperature Interroll Drum Motors are normally cooled by dissipating heat through the contact between the surface of the shell and the conveyor belt. It is essential that each drum motor has an adequate thermal gradient between the internal motor and its ambient operating temperature. All drum motors in the catalogue are designed and tested, without lagging and with a belt for use in a maximum

•

Shell, mild steel with hot vulcanised lagging or stainless steel

•

Shaft, stainless steel

•

End housing for i-series (not 315i), seawater resistant aluminium or solid stainless steel

•

End housings for s-series, aluminium with or without stainless steel cover

•

Sealing for i-series, stainless steel with labyrinth

•

Sealing for S-series, regreasable shaft cap

•

Use low temperature oil

•

Use special low temperature seals in temperatures below -25 °C

•

Activate the anti-condensation heating

•

Lagging, all types possible

•

Minus temperatures reduce effectiveness of friction lagging

•

Electrical connectors, all types but avoid terminal boxes, if possible

•

Cables that are subject to continuous movement in minus temperatures can suffer structural damage. In such

•

Use rust-free materials

applications, special cable material, like PU, is required

ambient temperature of +40 °C (derated motors max. +25 °C).

Anti-condensation heating

•

The standard maximum ambient temperature for Interroll Drum Motors is 40 °C according to EN 60034

In ambient temperatures below +1 °C, consider heating the motor windings to keep the oil viscosity, seals and

•

Any material can be used, but stainless steel has less heat dissipation

internal parts at a constant temperature.

•

Before installation, ensure that the oil type stated on drum motor type label is correct

•

6, 8, 12-pole motors produce more heat therefore the use of 2 and 4-pole motors is recommended where possible

•

Lagging for positive drive belt can cause thermal overload so use cool-running motors or standard motors with frequency converters optimised for temperature control

•

Rubber lagging for friction drive belts can also cause thermal overload

•

For i-series with 6, 8, or 12 pole motors and over 8 mm of rubber lagging standard motors with frequency converters or cool-running drum motors should be considered

•

For S-series with rubber lagging please contact your Interroll customer consultant

•

External cooling systems can also be used to prevent thermal overload

•

For applications with ambient temperatures over +40 °C please contact your Interroll customer consultant

If the motor current is switched off for some time and the ambient temperature is very low, then the motor oil becomes viscous. In these conditions problems may occur when starting the motor and at temperatures of around zero frost crystals can form on the sealing surfaces causing oil leakage. To prevent these problems use anticondensation heating. The heating system applies a DC voltage to the motor winding, which in turn causes current to flow either in the two motor phases of a 3-phase motor or the main winding of a single-phase motor. The magnitude of the current is set by the magnitude of the voltage applied and the winding resistance. This current causes power loss in the winding which heats the motor to a temperature dependent on the ambient temperature and the magnitude of the current. You will find information for selection of the correct voltage in the motor version tables. The values listed are average values, which can be increased or decreased depending on the required motor temperature and the ambient temperature. Interroll would strongly recommend selecting the correct voltage by testing under actual operating conditions.

222

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

223

Planning Section

E n v i r o n m e n ta l C o n di t i o n s Only DC voltage may be used to heat the motor. The use of AC voltage can cause the motor to move unexpectedly leading to serious damage or injury. The stationary heating system should only be used when the motor is actually idle. The heating voltage must be switched off before the motor is operated. This can be safely done using simple relays or switches.

Environmental Conditions

Altitude above 1,000 m Operating a drum motor at an altitude of more than 1,000 m may result in power loss and thermal overload due to the low atmospheric pressure. This must be considered when calculating your power requirement. For further information please contact your Interroll customer consultant.

The suggested voltages are calculated to prevent the formation of condensation. If the motor needs to be held at a specific temperature, then the stationary heating system must be set up accordingly. In cases, such as this, please contact your Interroll customer consultant.

Net supply

The anti-condensation heating voltage must be connected to any two phases of a 3-phase motor. The heating

Using 3-phase 50 Hz motors in a 60 Hz net supply with the same voltage

current supplied by the power supply can be calculated as follows:

•

Motor rated: 230/400 V – 3ph – 50 Hz

•

Net supply: 230/400 V – 3ph – 60 Hz

Delta connection:

IDC =

VSH . 3

Star connection:

IDC =

RMotor . 2

VSH RMotor . 2

Using a 3-phase 50 Hz motor in a 60 Hz net will increase the frequency and therefore the speed by 20 %. If the rated motor parameters are to be kept constant, a 20 % higher input voltage would be required (law U/f). However, if this 20 % higher voltage is not supplied all voltage-dependent parameters will be affected in accordance with the following scheme.

Low Noise

Net voltage = rated motor voltage Motor data Power Rated rpm Rated torque Starting torque Pull-up torque Pull-out torque Rated amperage Starting amperage Power factor Efficiency

P nn Mn MA MS MK IN IA cos φ η

All Interroll Drum Motors have relatively low noise and vibration levels. The performance levels are not specified or

Net supply

Motor rating

guaranteed in this catalogue because this can vary depending on the type of motor, poles, speed and application.

230/400 V 3 ph 60 Hz

230/400 V 3 ph 50 Hz

For specific low-noise applications please contact your Interroll customer consultant.

224

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

kW rpm Nm Nm Nm Nm A A

100 % 120 % 88.3 % 64 % 64 % 64 % 96 % 80 % 106 % 99.5 %

www.interroll.com

225

Planning Section

E n v i r o n m e n ta l C o n di t i o n s Using 3-phase 50 Hz rated motors in a 60 Hz net supply with 15/20 % higher voltage •

Motor rated: 230/400 V – 3ph – 50

•

Net supply: 276/480 V – 3ph – 60 – 2 and 4 poles (motor voltage + 20 %)

•

Net supply: 265/480 V – 3ph – 60 – 6, 8, 10 and 12 poles (motor voltage + 15 %)

Using a 3-phase 50 Hz motor in a 60 Hz net with 20 % higher voltage will increase the frequency and therefore the speed by 20 % but will maintain all the rated motor parameters subject to small variations (law Uf). Note! However, if the net supply voltage = motor voltage +15 % the actual motor power will be 92 % of the original motor power.

Conditions

Connecting 3-phase motors to a single phase supply 3-phase motors combined with a frequency converter can be connected to a single phase supply providing that the supply voltage is the same as that of the motor. 3-phase motors generally have a much higher efficiency than single phase motors. Steinmetz connection Normally 3-phase motors are connected with 3-phase supply. However, if necessary, 3-phase motors can be connected to a single phase supply using the so called Steinmetz connection. It should be noted that the use of

Net voltage = 1.2 x rated motor voltage (for 2 and 4 poles) Motor data Power Rated rpm Rated torque Starting torque Pull-up torque Pull-out torque Rated amperage Starting amperage Power factor Efficiency

Environmental

this method will considerably reduce start-up torque and efficiency. Motors with 2 poles cannot be connected to Steinmetz because of their very low starting torque.

P nn Mn MA MS MK IN IA cos φ η

kW rpm Nm Nm Nm Nm A A

Net supply

Motor rating

276/480 V 3 ph 60 Hz

230/400 V 3 ph 50 Hz

100 % 120 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 100 % 102 % 100 % 100 % 98 %

3-phase i-series drum motors are connected in Steinmetz as shown in the following diagrams. 30

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 4 + 2 lead cable, winding for 1 voltage, delta connection

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 7 + 2 lead cable, winding for 2 voltage, delta connection

226

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

227

Planning Section

E n v i r o n m e n ta l C o n di t i o n s

Environmental Conditions

Fig.: 3-phase operation, winding for 2 voltage, delta connection, terminal box Abbreviations

Explanation of abbreviations: TC: Thermal control rd: red ye: yellow bu: blue bk: black

228

Planning Overview p 212

BR: Electromagnetic break gy: grey gn: green bn: brown pk: pink

NC: not connected wh: white or: orange vi: violet ( ): alternative colour

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

229

Planning Section

I n d u st r i a l So lu t i o n s Interroll offers a wide range of industrial solutions for its drum motors. In this chapter only the most important solutions will be explained.

Industrial Solutions

Food Processing

General Logistics

Interroll Drum Motors are ultra-hygienic and easy to clean. All drum motors for food processing comply with EC 1935-2004 and FDA. NSF complient motors can be ordered on request. Interroll is a member of the EHEDG (European Hygienic Engineering & Design Group). Conveying in logistics, warehousing and storage sectors covers a wide spectrum of applications in industries, such as electronics, chemicals, food, automotive and general manufacturing. All motors in this catalogue are suitable for

Consider the environmental conditions before choosing drum motor versions, options and accessories.

general logistics applications.

•

For friction drive belts use a standard drum motor

Suitable drum

•

For positive drive belts use either a cool-running drum motor or a standard drum motor with frequency converter

motors

•

For moist or wet food applications with friction drive belts Interroll recommend rubber lagging on the drum

Torque

motor to improve the friction between the belt and drum shell. In continuously wet conditions, longitudinal

transmission

grooved or diamond patterned lagging can be used to dissipate the water flow and improve the grip •

Stainless steel or other materials approved for food or hygienic applications

Options and

•

Drum motors for food processing are supplied with food-grade oil

accessories

•

Interroll offers a variety of hot and cold vulcanised food approved (FDA/ EC 1935-2004) lagging materials

•

Hot vulcanised NBR or moulded PU lagging have a longer lifespan, withstand higher torque and are easier to keep clean than cold vulcanised lagging

According to EHEDG design rules, it is highly recommended to incorporate rust-free open conveyor frames to

Conveyor Frame

facilitate easy cleaning, wash down and disinfection of the conveyor, drum motor and belt. The hygienic mounting of the drum motor in the conveyor frame should be done in such a way that the contact between motor shaft and the frame support does not have any metal-to-metal contact, i.e. by using a rubber sealing between shaft and frame support. The rubber material shall be USDA/FDA and EC1935/2004 compliant.

230

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

231

Planning Section

E n v i r o n m e n ta l C o n di t i o n s Airport Logistics

frequent starts and stops. Most applications use friction drive belts made of PU, PVC or rubber. •

232

Standard drum motors with 4 or 6 poles offer low noise levels that are typically below 56 dB. Lower noise levels can be supplied on request

motors •

Baggage handling systems (138i-315i)

•

X-Ray and check-in conveyors (113i-138i, optional 113S)

•

4-pole motors generally offer higher efficiency

•

Lagging for friction drive belts to increase friction

•

Backstops for inclined conveyors

•

Brakes for holding the belt stationary

•

Halogen-free cables available

Planning Overview p 212

Conditions

Supermarket Checkouts

Airport applications, such as check-in conveyors, X-Ray machines and scanning equipment, require low noise and Suitable drum

Environmental

Standard Drum Motors p 12

A wide variety of packed foods, confectionery and electrical goods are carried on supermarket checkout conveyors. Frequent start/stops and low noise are typical for this type of application with friction drive belts. •

Drum motors 80S and 113S

Suitable drum

•

Interroll offers drum motors which are optimised specifically for supermarket checkouts

motors

(Please request the C-series catalogue)

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

•

Plug-in cable connectors

Options and

•

Primarily single phase supply, 3-phase as an option

accessories

www.interroll.com

233

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es

Design Guidelines

A belt conveyor is designed primarily to transport or transfer materials from one place to another. In its simplest form, a belt conveyor normally consists of a longitudinal frame with a drum motor and idler pulley at each end around which a continuous belt revolves. The belt, which carries the materials, can be supported either by rollers or a steel, wood or plastic slide bed plate. In this chapter we subdivide the design guidelines into two sections: friction

Torque transmission Normally the steel crowned shell of the drum motor is sufficient to transmit the torque but care must be taken not to over-tension the belt, which could damage the drum motor shaft bearings or even the belt itself.

drive belt conveyors and positive drive belt conveyors, as each type requires a different method of torque transfer

The conveyor belt should only be tensioned in line with the manufacturer’s recommendations and should be

from the drive.

sufficient only to drive the belt and load without belt slip. Over-tensioning can damage the drum motor and belt.

Belt tension

Maximum belt tensions for the drum motors can be found in the product pages of this catalogue. Interroll can supply a belt tensioning measuring device on request.

Friction Drive Belt Conveyors

Fig.: Damaged drum motor due to over-tensioning To improve the torque transmitted from the drum motor to the belt, rubber lagging can be applied to the shell to

Rubber Lagging

produce more grip. •

Smooth lagging is adequate for dry applications or alternatively diamond patterned lagging; grooved or other

•

Longitudinal grooved lagging is advisable to dissipate water in food processing or wet applications

•

Diamond patterned lagging can be used for non-food wet applications

•

V-grooves for belt tracking can be machined into the lagging to prevent belt wander

lagging can also be used

1 Drum motor 2 Slide bed 3 Snub roller

When external belt tracking devices are installed, cylindrical shells can be used to prevent opposing influences.

4 Deflection roller Depending on the belt material the friction between conveyor belt and drum motor can vary.

5 Tension roller 6 Return roller

Conditions

9 Idler pulley

Drum motor surface

Friction drive belt conveyors, e.g. rubber, PVC or PU flat belts, rely on high friction between the drum motor and

Steel

8 Carrying roller

Frictioned rubber

PVC, low friction

PVC, high friction

Polyester fabrics

Impregnation with Ropanol

Dry Wet Dry Wet

0.30 0.25 0.40 0.35

0.25 0.20 0.30 0.25

0.30 0.20 0.35 0.25

0.35 0.25 0.40 0.30

0.40 0.30 0.50 0.40

0.30 0.20 0.40 0.30

0.20 0.15 0.25 0.20

0.25 0.20 0.30 0.25

Dry Wet Ceramics Dry Wet

0.50 0.35 0.55 0.45

0.40 0.35 0.35 0.35

0.41 0.30 0.30 0.30

0.50 0.35 0.35 0.35

0.60 0.40 0.40 0.40

0.45 0.40 0.40 0.40

0.35 0.25 0.25 0.25

0.40 0.30 0.30 0.30

Rubber Grooved rubber PVC, non-slip

factors, refer to the table on p 235.

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

Belt material Steel

belt and sufficient belt tension in order to transmit the torque from the drum motor to the belt. For typical friction

Planning Overview p 212

friction factor

Consider the following friction factor when calculating the belt tension:

7 Conveyor belt

234

Additional

www.interroll.com

235

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es Belt wrap

Design Guidelines

There is another way to improve the torque transmitted from the drum motor to the belt: You can increase the

Due to their lower friction, roller bed conveyors require less power, less belt tension and are therefore more efficient

Roller bed

angle of belt wrap around the drum motor. The angle of wrap is measured in degrees. A larger degree of wrap

than slide bed conveyors. Roller bed belt conveyors are especially suitable for longer conveyors with heavy loads.

conveyors

gives better traction between the belt and drum motor and the belt requires less belt tension. A minimum belt wrap angle of 180° is normally recommended to transmit the full torque from the drum motor to the belt, however increasing the angle of wrap to 230° and more, for instance, results in lower belt tension being required and will reduce the wear and tear on the drum motor and belt.

0°

Fig.: Roller bed conveyor

Fig.: Minimum belt wrap angle for friction drive belt conveyors

Belt conveyors using a slide bed have more friction and require higher power and belt tension than belt conveyors

Slide bed

with rollers and are therefore less efficient. However, the transported goods lie on the belt with greater stability and

conveyors

due to its simple construction is a lower cost option to the roller bed conveyor. 0°

Fig.: Increased belt wrap angle for friction drive belt conveyors Fig.: Slide bed conveyor

236

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

237

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es Drive positions

Design Guidelines

The drum motor is usually positioned at the head or discharge end of the conveyor but can be positioned elsewhere to suit the application or design.

Tail drive The tail drive (loading or receiving end) is not the ideal drive position as the drum motor is pushing the top carrying

Head drive

side of the belt and more tension is applied to the return belt, therefore the full torque of the drive may not be

The head drive (discharge end) is the most common and preferred option for non-reversible conveyors and is ideal because it is simple to design and easy to install. Furthermore most of the belt tension is on the top carrying side and allows the drum motor to transfer its full torque to the belt.

applied. This type of drive can lead to belt waves (belt lifting on the top side), jumping and undesirable belt wander. If a tail drive is necessary, it is recommended only for use with short friction drive belt conveyors up to 2 or 3 metres in length with light loads. (It is not recommended for positive drive belts).

Fig.: Short friction drive belt conveyor with tail drive

Fig.: Non-reversible conveyor with head drive

Centre drive A centre drive can be used for longer belt conveyors where a large diameter drum motor is required and there is insufficient space available at the head end. The centre drive can also be used for reversible conveyors where the belt tension is distributed more evenly between the carrying and return side of the belt. Belt tracking issues for forward and reverse operation can be minimised.

Fig.: Optional design for non-reversible long conveyor with centre take-up

Fig.: Long belt conveyor with centre drive

238

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

239

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es

Design Guidelines

Positive Drive Belt Conveyors

Fig.: Centre drive for long belt conveyor with increased belt wrap Reversible drive Interroll Drum Motors are suitable for reversing unless fitted with a backstop, although the motor control must be

1 Plastic modular belt

designed in such a way that the drum motor is brought to a complete standstill before reversing, otherwise serious

2 Idler pulley with sprockets

damage could occur to the transmission. With drum motors fitted with a backstop, the drum motor may only be

3 Support slats

used for single direction operation, as indicated by an arrow marked on the end housing.

4 Catenary sag 5 Returnway rollers 6 Drum motor Positive drive belt systems have a lower power consumption than friction drive belts, enabling longer conveyor constructions. As there is no belt tension, there is less stress on the drum motor bearings. However, because the belt has no direct contact with the drum shell, heat dissipation is less effective and therefore must be used in conjunction with a frequency converter optimised for cool-running. Alternatively a cool-running drum motor can be used. Examples of positive driven belts include the following: •

Plastic modular belts

•

Thermoplastic non-modular belts

•

Steel slatted belts

•

Steel wire belts

•

Toothed belts

•

Chain conveyors

Positive drive belt installations can be quite complex and are not discussed in detail in this catalogue. Please refer to the belt supplier’s instructions and contact Interroll if further advice is required.

240

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

241

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es

Design Guidelines

Torque

Drum motors for positive drive belt conveyors are normally supplied with full-width machined rubber lagging,

transmission

profiled to engage the profile of the conveyor belt on the underside. Alternatively, a cylindrical drum shell with a laterally welded key can be supplied enabling any type of steel, stainless steel or plastic sprocket wheels to be fitted to the shell. The number of sprockets depends on the belt width and load but there must be a minimum of three. The calculation of the number of sprockets required can be found in the belt manufacturer’s catalogue. Due to the thermal expansion of the belt, all sprockets supplied by Interroll are floating and therefore it may be necessary to guide the belt using side guides built into the conveyor frame. Alternatively, Interroll can supply one fixed sprocket positioned in the centre of the belt.

Fig.: Medium and long conveyor with catenary sags and support rollers on the return belt The increased diameter of the drum motor when fitted with lagging or sprockets will influence the rated speed

Fig.: Belt guides

calculation. The Velocity factor Vf can be found in the option section p 146

1 Belt 2 Support slats

Belt tension

Velocity factor

of the drum motor shown in this catalogue. In order to calculate the final belt speed, please use the following

3 Wear strips

Vbelt = Vdm x Vf

4 Side support / side guides

Vbelt: Speed of the belt

Due to its positive drive, the conveyor belt generally requires no belt tension and uses only the gravity from its own

Vdm: Rated speed of the drum motor

weight to engage the lagging or sprocket profile. On the return side, the belt should hang loose allowing for the so called catenary sag necessary to accommodate the changing length of the belt due to thermal expansion and contraction. The installation and conveyor design should comply with the belt manufacturer’s recommendations.

Vf: Velocity factor The torque is transmitted directly from the shell via the lagging or through the key and sprockets and finally to the belt. This provides a very high level of efficiency of up to 97 % of the mechanical output of the motor. In start-stop applications, the use of a soft start or frequency converter will increase the lifespan of the belt, sprockets and gear transmission. When using lagging or sprockets, the rated belt pull of the drum motor will be reduced. this can be calculated as

Belt pull

follows:

correction factor

Corrected belt pull = Rated belt pull / Vf

Fig.: Short conveyor without support rollers on the return belt

242

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

243

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es Drive positions

Design Guidelines

For positive drive belt conveyors either a head drive or centre drive is possible. Head drive

Other Conveyor Types Inclined conveyors

The drum motor should be positioned at the head (discharge end) of the conveyor so that the top carrying side of the belt is pulled under tension.

Inclined conveyors require more power and higher belt tension than horizontal conveyors to move the same load. A back stop should be considered for single direction inclined conveyors to prevent rollback of the belt and load.

Fig.: Head drive for positive drive belt conveyors Fig.: Inclined conveyor

Tail drive Tail drives are not recommended. If the drum motor is positioned at the tail end (receiving end) and tries to push the belt, the return side of the belt will have more tension than the carrying side, causing the belt to skip and jump over the lagging profile or sprockets, causing buckling of the excess belt and interfering with product handling.

Reversible inclined or declined conveyors An electromagnetic brake should be considered to prevent accidental reversal and rollback of the belt and load. To reduce acceleration and over-run of the belt and load on a declined conveyor calculate the power required as

Centre drive

for an inclined conveyor.

Centre drives can be used for long unidirectional conveyors or for reversible conveyors. In the case of reversible conveyors, great care and attention is required for their design. Please contact the belt manufacturer for advice.

Knife-edge conveyors Knife edges reduce the gap between the transfer points of two conveyors. However, with friction drive belt conveyors, knife edges can severely increase the belt pull and tension required to overcome the increased friction between belt and knife edge. To reduce this friction the belt transfer angle should be increased as much as possible and a roller with a small diameter should replace the knife edge.

Fig.: Knife-edge conveyor 244

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

245

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es

Design Guidelines

Food processing conveyors

Merges transfers and in-feed control

According to EHEDG design rules, it is highly recommended to incorporate rust-free open conveyor frames to

Use a frequency converter with DC braking (with or without encoder) or alternatively an electromagnetic brake to

facilitate easy cleaning, wash down and disinfection of the conveyor, drum motor and belt.

control the merge process. Feed back system Use an integrated encoder for precise speed and positioning (see p 258).

Operating Modes The following operating modes comply with IEC 60034-1. Continuous running duty S1 Operation at constant load which is long enough to reach a thermal steady-state condition. P

Fig.: Open conveyor design for hygienic cleaning t

Plough and diverter units P

If a drum motor is installed in a plough or diverter unit, the drum motor will be positioned vertically, requiring a special drum motor design with the cable always at the top (see p 248). Frequent starts and stops

Frequent starts and stops can cause thermal overload of the motor and premature wear of the gear, reducing the lifespan of the drum motor. In applications such as these, Interroll recommends the use of a frequency converter to optimise the heat loss of the motor and use of the soft-start ramping facility to reduce the start-up load on the gears.

˽ ˽PD[

Control Systems t

Interroll supply brakes, backstops, feed back systems and frequency converters for their range of drum motors. Speed control The drum motor and therefore the belt speed will be influenced by the load, belt tension and rubber lagging thickness. Speeds given in the product pages are based on full load and accurate to ±10 %, for more accurate speed use a frequency converter to overcome these influences or for precise speeds use a frequency converter combined with an encoder. Short conveyors of less than 2 or 3 metres requiring a slow belt speed using a drum motor with 6-, 8- or 12-pole winding may result in motor thermal overload. For such applications Interroll recommend wherever possible to use 2- and 4-pole motors combined with a frequency converter to reduce the speed. Generally, low frequencies are possible with some power loss. Frequency converters may also be used to increase the nominal speed of the drum motor but the available torque will be reduced over frequencies of 50 Hz (see p 206).

Power input

Electrical losses

Temperature

ϑmax

Max. temperature attained

Time

The majority of Interroll Drum Motor windings having an efficiency of over 0.5 are suitable for operating mode S1 and continuous running duty. Please refer to the electrical data tables for the standard or cool-running drum motors under the sign η for efficiency. Instead of using 6-, 8-, 12-pole motors for continuous running at low speed, consider using a 4-pole motor (efficiency >0.5) with a frequency converter to obtain the required speed. S2 to S10

For Brakes and backstops see p 158.

246

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

For operation modes S2 to S10 consider duty cycles and consult Interroll. Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

247

Planning Section

D es i g n G u i d e l i n es

Design Guidelines

Mounting Requirements

Correct orientation of drum motor shaft for horizontal mounting The shaft of i-series drum motors must be mounted according to the following diagram. Use the UP mark or serial

Horizontal mounting

number for positioning.

97123

5°

2°

97123

to allow the belt to run centrally without belt wander.

A drum motor is normally mounted horizontally, parallel to the idler pulley and perpendicular to the conveyor frame

97123

All i-series and 80S drum motors must be mounted within ±5° of the horizontal. 113S drum motors must be mounted within ±2° of the horizontal.

Fig.: Mounting orientation of drum motor shaft

Non-horizontal mounting

Drum motors 80S and 113S can be mounted in any orientation.

A specific drum motor design with special top bearings on the shaft is needed. The connection must always be at the top and a specific volume of oil is also needed for non-horizontal mounting.

Mounting brackets The mounting brackets must be strong enough to withstand the drum motor belt pull and its start-up torque. They must be fully supported and fastened to the conveyor frame so that the shaft ends do not move or deform. Shaft end key flats must always be fully supported by the brackets. •

Use the mounting brackets specified for each model of drum motor see accessories on p 170.

The axial play between the shaft key flats and the bracket must be 1.0 mm.

Axial play

1.0 mm

Examples

248

•

Carton turning

•

Plough transfer units

•

Deflector conveyors

Planning Overview p 212

Fig.: Maximum axial play

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

249

Planning Section

D es ig n G u id e l i n es Torsion play

Design Guidelines

The torsion play between the shaft key flats and the mounting bracket must be not more than 0.4 mm. max. 0.4 mm

The underside of the belt should be flush with the conveyor slide or roller bed and must not be more than 3 mm above.

Belt position

0-3 mm

Fig.: Maximum distance between belt and conveyor bed Misaligned drum motors, belts or idler pulleys may cause high friction and overheat the drum motor. This may also result in premature wear of the belt and lagging.

Fig.: Maximum torsion play There must be no clearance between the shaft key flats and mounting bracket if the drum motor is to be used for frequent reversible operations or a large number of starts and stops. Supported length Other mounting devices

At least 80 % of the shaft key flat length must be supported by the mounting bracket. It is possible to mount the drum motor without mounting brackets directly into the conveyor frame, in which case the shaft ends have to be fitted into cut-outs in the conveyor frame that are reinforced to meet all of the above requirements. Belt alignment Drum motors for friction drive belts are normally supplied with crowned shells in order to ensure central belt tracking and prevent misalignment of the belt during operation. However, the belt must be checked and adjusted at its initial start up and continuously maintained as necessary.

Diagonal check

The difference in length of the two diagonals must not be more than 0.5 %. The diagonals are measured from the drum motor shaft to the idler pulley shaft or from the belt edge to belt edge.

Fig.: Diagonal check

250

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

251

C a lc u l at i o n G u id e a n d S e l ec t i o n

Planning Section Calculations

Belt Pull

Belt pull calculation (F)

The rated belt pull, power and speed for each drum motor version are shown in this catalogue.

F = F0 + F1 + F2 + F3+ safety factor Please add a safety factor of 20 % to this calculation. Conveying system

Pm1 L

You can calculate the belt pull F using the following formulae. Alternatively please ask Interroll to send you their

additional friction caused by the following is not included: •

Hoppers

•

Belt sealing rubbers

•

Cleaning devices, such as ploughs, scrapers and brushes

•

Belt tracking guides friction caused between the product and side guides

Pm1 Pm2

Roller bed conveyor F0= 0.04·g·L·(2 Pn+Ppr)

Slide bed conveyor F0= g·L·Pn·C2

Double slide bed conveyor F0= g·L·Pn(C2+C4)

F1=0.04·g·L·Pm1

F1=g·L·Pm1·C2

F1=g·L·(Pm1·C2+Pm2·C4)

F2=g·H·Pm1*

F2=g·H·(Pm1-Pm2)*

F3=g·L·Pm1·C1

F3=g·L·(Pm1·C1+Pm2·C3)

Force without load

simple to use calculation program by e-mail. Please use the formulae only as a guideline since they refer to typical operating conditions and the influence of

Pm1 L

Force to convey materials horizontally H

Force to convey materials on incline

Accumulation Pn in kg/m Ppr in kg/m Pm1 in kg/m Pm2 in kg/m C1 C2 C3 C4 L in m H in m F0-F3 in N g in m/s²

Belt weight per linear metre Weight of rotating parts of the belt conveyor (carrying and return section) per metre length Weight of the conveyed product on the load section, for each metre of length of the belt conveyor Weight of the conveyed product on the return section, for each metre of length of the belt conveyor Coefficient of friction between product and belt carrying side Coefficient of friction between belt carrying side and slider bed Coefficient of friction between return belt and product Coefficient of friction between return belt side and slider bed Centre-to-centre length Height difference in conveyor Force components for shown operating conditions 9.81

1 Scraper 2 Plough

* The value of F2 is negative with declined conveyors, however to prevent over-run acceleration due to gravity, it is

3 Hopper

advised that F2 is positively calculated as for inclined conveyors.

4 Brush

252

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

253

C a lc u l at i o n G u id e a n d S e l ec t i o n

Planning Section Calculations

Load and Loading Method

Coefficient of friction: Slide bed material C2, C4

Product material C1, C3

Belt material

Steel

Glass, techno-polymer

Techno-polymer

PE PP POM PVC/PU Polyamide or polyester Rubber

0.30 0.15 0.10

0.15 0.26 0.20 0.30 0.18

0.13 0.32 0.20 0.30 0.18

0.09 0.19 0.15

0.08 0.17 0.15 0.30 0.17

0.40

•

Consider the method of loading, such as a feed conveyor, hopper loading or shock loading, and adjust the required belt pull and belt tension accordingly

•

Consider the type and length of the load with regard to specific point loads and ensure that the weight of the point load (in Newtons) never exceeds the max. belt tension (TE) of the drum motor

Drum Motor Diameter •

Choose the smallest diameter but with due consideration of all the parameters of the application and

•

Check the minimum flexing diameter allowed for the belt and choose the drum motor diameter accordingly

environmental conditions

Belt Tension

All belting has a safe minimum diameter for normal or back flexing for drum motors or idler pulleys. Always refer to the belt manufacturer‘s specification for this information and choose the drum motor diameter accordingly,

Take into account the following points when calculating the belt tension:

otherwise serious damage may occur to the belt or drum motor. If the drum motor diameter is too small, insufficient

•

Consider the length and width of the conveyor belt

•

Consider the belt type and check the belt tension required to transport the load

•

Check the belt elongation necessary for the installation. Depending on the load, elongation of the belt during

By way of example, the belt shown below has cross cleats and side walls and requires a larger diameter of drum

installation should be 0.2 % to 1 %. So that the belt elongation is max. 1 % of the belt length.

motor than would be required for a plain flat belt.

•

Belt tension and belt elongation can be obtained from the belt supplier

•

Ensure that the required belt tension does not exceed the max. belt tension (TE) of the drum motor

torque will be transmitted to the belt and belt slip or jumping may occur.

T2 T1+T2 =TE

The required belt tension T1 (top side) and T2 (bottom side) can be calculated in accordance with DIN 22101 or CEMA Standard. The actual belt tension can be roughly defined on the basis of the belt manufacturer’s specifications by measuring the belt elongation during tensioning. Always use a belt tension measuring instrument during installation. The maximum allowable belt tension (TE) of each drum motor is specified in the drum motor tables in this catalogue. The belt type, belt thickness and correct drum motor diameter should be in accordance with the belt manufacturer’s recommendations. Drum motor diameters that are too small could lead to the belt becoming damaged. Over-tension of the belt may damage the shaft bearings or other internal components of the drum motor and will shorten the product’s lifespan.

254

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

255

C a lc u l at i o n G u id e a n d S e l ec t i o n

Principle

Planning Section Calculations

Single Phase Motors

Final Steps

Single phase AC motors are typically used when 3-phase voltage is not available.

Please conclude your selection after considering the following:

Single phase AC motors have a main winding and an auxiliary winding to create an auxiliary rotating field. The phase shift between the main and auxiliary phase is created by a permanently connected running capacitor.

Starting torque /

The starting torque can be very limited because of the imperfect field of rotation:

Starting

•

The starting torque of 3-phase AC motors is typically 120 – 410 % of rated torque

capacitors

•

The starting torque of single phase AC motors is typically 65 – 115 % of rated torque

•

Consider the duty cycle of the motor. For stop/starts of more than one per minute a frequency converter

•

Choose the drum motor version with the required belt pull, belt tension, diameter and speed for your application

should be considered (if in doubt contact Interroll) •

If you cannot find the required speed in the drum motor tables then use a frequency converter and choose the motor version with the closest speed or contact Interroll

•

Choosing a drum motor version with least number of poles and least amount of gear stages can reduce the purchase price of the unit

Some single phase AC motors – especially in the higher power range – need an additional starting capacitor to

•

Use the drum motor configurator to validate your selection

reach a starting torque of 150 – 200 % of the rated torque. This starting capacitor has to be switched parallel to the running capacitor. This should be done ideally via a current-dependent switch relay during the start-up sequence of the motor. When the right torque/current has been reached, the starting capacitor must be switched off by the relay. The capacity value of the running capacitor and starting capacitor is always stated on the motor type label. Noise

Single phase motors generally have a higher noise level at zero-load operation compared to 3-phase motors, because of the difference in the rotating magnetic field. Typically there is an unbalanced increase in noise. This does not affect the operation of the drum motor and will normally disappear when belt tension or load is applied to the drum motor. Claims cannot be accepted due to this noise effect.

Capacitors

All capacitors must be ordered separately for single phase drum motors. A suitable current-dependent relay to

and relays

convert the starting capacitor to a run capacitor can be supplied if needed for start and run capacitors. Please contact your Interroll customer consultant for further information. The correct installation of the starting capacitor is shown on the wiring diagram supplied with the drum motor. Interroll strongly recommends the use of 3-phase motors, as they are more efficient and save energy. Improved efficiency can be achieved by using a 3-phase motor with a frequency converter. If a single phase supply is the only option, consider using a 3-phase motor together with a single phase input / 3-phase output frequency converter.

256

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

257

Planning Section

F r eq u e n c y C o n v e rt e rs

Frequency Converters

When selecting a drum motor for very low frequencies, the rated drum motor power should be 20 % higher than necessary for the application. If in doubt, please refer to Interroll for advice. The drum motor output torque available is dependent on the running frequency, please refer to graph.

T/TN 1 0.9 0.8 0.7 0.6 0.5 0.4 0.3 0.2 0.1 0

The use of a frequency converter can control the speed at which the drum motor drives the conveyor. Interroll frequency converters can be factory pre-set on the basis of the motor data and so guarantee faultfree operation and a longer service life of the motor components. Characteristics

•

Quick and easy installation

•

Wide variable speed range

•

Soft but powerful starting and stopping

•

Acceleration ramping for smooth handling of loads

•

Overheating protection. This is important when using a standard drum motor with no belt, narrow belt width

•

Selection

90 100 110 120 f / Hz

T Available torque TN Rated torque f

Frequency

application or to drive a positive drive belt. Overheating prevention results in a power derating of about 18 %.

For 50 Hz rated frequency motors, the hyperbolic characteristic of the power equation supersedes to quadratic

The derated power can be calculated as follows: PN derated = PN x 0.83

when driven with frequencies above 80 Hz (affected by breakdown torque and voltages influences ).

•

The derated belt pull can be calculated as follows: FN derated = FN x 0.83

•

Energy saving by optimisation power usage

•

Continuous adjustment of power

•

Suitable for positioning when combined with an encoder

•

Dynamic DC-braking

•

With integrated or external EMC filter

•

Can replace single phase motors

When using the 87 Hz characteristic, please consult Interroll, as this practice generates additional motor power loss which increases abnormal heating up. This practice should not be applied to 2-poles drum motors. To reduce EMC emissions, choose a screened cable for the drum motor when installing with a frequency converter.

Choose a frequency converter based on the rated power and rated current of your drum motor and its rated input voltage (refer to page p 206). When using a frequency converter and in order to meet local EMC requirements , the drum motor should be ordered with a screened cable. It is recommended that motor filters are installed at the frequency converter output in order to reduce reflected wave phenomenon which may generate high voltage peaks on the motor windings. Interroll motor windings support voltage peaks up to 1,000 V per microsecond. For Interroll frequency converters the maximum motor cable length without filters is 20 m. For other frequency converter suppliers, this maximum recommended length without filters can be different and must comply with the supplier‘s recommendations. Care should be taken with applications using high output frequencies. High frequencies can cause noise, vibration and resonance and will reduce the nominal motor output torque. Very low frequencies can cause overheating and motor power losses. This is influenced by the application environment and frequency converter parameter setting.

258

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

259

Planning Section

M at e r i a l S p eci f ic at i o n Tolerances

Rated voltage

Material Specification

Motor

Thermal Protection

All data, excluding the rated voltage, number of poles, number of phases and physical dimensions, is subject to a

A thermal winding protection switch is incorporated in all Interroll Drum Motors and consists of a simple reversible

tolerance of +10 % and -15 %.

bimetal switch built into the motor winding head. This must be connected externally in such a way that it will switch

The motors (230 / 400 V / 50 Hz) are designed in accordance with IEC 60034-1 for using within a voltage range of ± 5 % of the rated voltage.

off the power to the motor by interrupting a relay device or a current limitation coil of an external motor protection switch. If a thermal overload occurs in the motor causing the stator winding to overheat, the switch will open at a pre-determined temperature (standard 130 °C) and interrupt the power supply. If the thermal protector is not

The motor will be supplied coupled for 3-phase / 400 V / 50 Hz connection unless otherwise specified.

connected, as described above, the warranty will be invalidated. Please contact Interroll if you wish to use other types of thermal winding protection.

Speed

All speeds stated in this catalogue are subject to a tolerance of ±10 %. This depends on the temperature, load In cases where a frequency converter is used, the thermal protection should be connected to the I/O of the

and friction factors.

frequency converter. Motor size

All stator windings are produced in accordance with the International Electronic Commission (IEC) DS 188 IV B1 and VDE 0530.

Motor type

Asynchronous AC squirrel cage induction motor.

Alternative

•

Drum motors for alternative voltages and frequencies are available on request

voltage and

•

S-series drum motors are normally supplied with one voltage option, either star or delta, but can be offered

•

I-series drum motors are offered with star/delta connection unless fitted with a brake whereby only one voltage

For optimal protection the integral thermal winding protection should be combined in a control system with an

Optimum

additional external thermal protection device.

protection

with star/delta connection on request

frequency

is available 2-speed motors

2-speed motors can be provided to give two different output speeds. The ratio of the speeds is 1:2, due to the

Fig.: Standard thermal/current overload protection - automatically resetting

number of poles used. Alternatively, Interroll recommends the use of single-speed drum motors with frequency

Lifetime: 10,000 cycles

converters to provide better power optimisation with different speeds, adjustable speed, controlled speed, ramping

or soft starting. 3-phase motors

Unless otherwise specified, all motors are supplied as standard for 3-phase / 400 V / 50 Hz supply. Interroll can

offer all standard voltages and standard frequencies for worldwide use.

cos = 1 cos = 0.6 cos = 1 cos = 0.6

2.5 A 1.6 A 1.6 A 1.25 A

250 V AC 250 V AC 24 V DC 48 V DC

cos = 1

6.3 A 40 K ± 15 K < 50 mΩ < 1 ms

250 V AC

Lifetime: 2,000 cycles AC Back setting temperature Resistance Contact bounce time

260

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

261

Planning Section

M at e r i a l S p eci f ic at i o n

Material Specification

Shell

Sealing System

Manufactured from thick-walled mild steel tube and machine crowned to ensure correct belt tracking. Alternatively,

All internal parts are fully protected by a double-lipped seal (FPM or NBR) fitted in both end housings.

the tube can be made of stainless steel (AISI 304). The stainless steel version has extended chemical resistance and is suitable for food applications.

I-series drum motors are fitted with external labyrinth seal and hardened ground sleeves under the shaft seals to increase performance and lifetime.

Shells with special crowns and grooves are used for multiple belt conveyors.

For additional security, labyrinth seals are fitted externally to all drum motors excluding 80S and 113S.

Material

Standards

Material number

Short name

Mild steel Stainless steel

EN 10027 EN 10027

1.0037 1.4301

S235 JR X5CrNi18-10

Material

Standards

Material number

Short name

Mild steel, zinc-plated Stainless steel

EN 10027 EN 10027

1.0037 1.4301

S235 JR X5CrNi18-10

Interroll Drum Motors are provided with IP66 protection as standard.

End Housing Interroll Drum Motors are supplied with pressed and glued end housings. End housings are manufactured from sea water-resistant aluminium but can also be supplied in stainless steel.

Protection rate

Protection against solid bodies

Protection of internal equipment against harmful ingress of water

Symbol

IP, first number

Definition

IP, second number

Definition

Dust-protected

Protected against spray water

Dust-tight

Protected against water jets (P1 nozzle 6.3 mm, water delivery rate 12.5 l/min ±5 %)

Protected from projections of water similar to marine swells (P2 nozzle 12.5 mm, water delivery rate 100 l/ min ±5 %)

Ingress of water in quantities causing harmful effects shall not be possible when the enclosure is temporarily (30 min.) immersed 1 metre in water under standardised conditions of pressure and time.

Interroll offers the following versions of end housings: •

Standard

•

With V-grooves

•

With O-grooves

•

With chain sprockets

Material

Standards

Material number

Short name

Mild steel Stainless steel Aluminium

EN 10027 EN 10027 EN 10027

1.0037 1.4305 3.2385

S235 JR X8CrNiS18-9 D-AlSi10Mg

Shaft

.15m -1m

Front and rear shafts are manufactured from mild steel or, optionally, stainless steel (AISI 304) and have identical shaft diameters and shaft flats at both ends. Interroll offers the following versions of shafts:

262

•

Standard

•

Cross-drilled thread

Material

Standards

Material number

Short name

Mild steel Stainless steel

EN 10027 EN 10027

1.0037 1.4305

S235 JR X8CrNiS18-9

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

263

Planning Section

M at e r i a l S p eci f ic at i o n

Material Specification

Electrical Connectors

Hot vulcanised NBR rubber lagging can be used to increase friction between the drum motor and belt for high

Hot

torque applications and to reduce belt slip. Alternatively it can be profiled to drive modular belts and other special

vulcanisation

Material specification for terminal boxes and straight and elbow connectors.

applications. Due to the high temperature of the process, the lagging must be applied to the shell before the

The motor is connected through a hollow shaft to a terminal box or cable connector with at least 1 m of external

and completely sealed to the shell. This method has long-life characteristics and is recommended for hygienic

cable. Straight and elbow cable connectors are available.

applications.

Condensation in

In conditions where there are varying ambient temperatures of between e.g. -5 to +40 °C, condensation may form

Note: NBR profiled lagging is not recommended to drive PU thermal belts due to the high friction which can cause

terminal box

inside the terminal box. In conditions such as these, it is advisable to use cables with straight or elbow connectors.

the belt to jump.

Straight and elbow connectors

Cold vulcanised NBR rubber lagging is used to increase the friction between the drum and belt in order to reduce

Cold vulcanisation

drum motors are assembled. The result is a very strong bonded rubber, suitable for high torque applications

Material

Standards

Material number

Short name

belt slip. The cold process requires a special adhesive (cement) to glue the lagging onto the drum shell. It has

Stainless steel Brass/Nickel Techno-polymer

EN 10027 EN 10027 ISO 1043

1.4305 2.0401 SK605 NC10

X8CrNiS18-9 CuZn39Pb3 Crastin Polybutylenterephthalat

material is FDA approved but is not ideal for food or hygienic applications, due to the glue and lagging joint that

a shorter lifespan than hot vulcanisation when used in high torque applications. Cold vulcanised white NBR could harbour bacteria. The lagging follows the original shape of the drum shell (crowned or cylindrical) and is not machined afterwards. However, the process can be applied quickly to finished assembled drum motors and therefore is a quick and easy solution.

Terminal box Material

Standards

Material number

Short name

Stainless steel Aluminium Techno-polymer

EN 10027 EN 10027 ISO 1874

1.4305 X8CrNiS18-9 3.2385 CuZn39Pb3 PA 6, MHR, 14-090, GF30 Grilon BG-30 S

PU material is moulded or cast using a 2-part chemical process to produce lagging for the drum shells or

PU moulding

sprockets to drive modular belts. The PU moulded shell or sprocket is then placed in an oven to stabilise the chemical reaction and obtain the final mechanical characteristics and hardness required. This process must be applied to the shell before the drum motor is assembled. Moulded PU lagging can be offered with low friction suitable for driving thermoplastic non-modular belts.

NBR

Shell Lagging

Approvals and Certifications

This type of synthetic rubber has good wear characteristics, excellent resistance to oil, fuel, and other chemicals

Interroll Drum Motors can be certified and approved to UL 1004 for the North American market and cUL for

and is also easy to clean. Its resilience makes NBR the perfect material for the rubber lagging of drum shells. It

the Canadian market. NSF Certification is available on request only. All drum motors can be supplied with CSA

can be used in most material handling applications. NBR withstands temperatures from -40 to +120 °C, Nitrile

(Canadian Standard Association) specification. If requested, a certificate of approval can be supplied with each

rubber is generally resistant to aliphatic hydrocarbons but, like natural rubber, can be attacked by ozone, aromatic

drum motor at extra cost.

hydrocarbons, ketones, esters and aldehydes. White NBR is accepted for the food processing industry and is offered with FDA approval. PU

Interroll Drum Motors for food industry have been approved by EHEDG and materials comply with FDA, EC1935/2004 and Ecolab.

PU represents any polymer consisting of a chain of organic units joined by urethane (carbonate) links. It is tearresistant and is superior to rubber. Polyurethane has outstanding resistance to oxygen, ozone, sunlight and general weather conditions. Most formulations offer an extremely long lifespan, good resistance to heat and cold at temperatures of between -35 and +80 °C and can be offered with FDA approval. Note: Minimum PU thickness 4 mm, maximum shell length (SL) 1,200 mm.

264

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

265

Material

C a b l es i-series

Cables

A choice of straight and elbow connectors for the following cables (including optional terminal boxes) are shown in

each of the product pages, which cover most standard applications.

Choose a screened cable when connecting to a frequency converter to reduce EMC emissions.

Reference number

RCB0101 RCB0102 RCB0103 RCB0104 RCB0105 RCB0106 RCB0107 RCB0108

Cable glands (S-series only)

Main core (quantity) Cross section mm² Numeric code or colour code Insulation conductors (main core) Halogen-free Data core (quantity) Cross section mm² Numeric code or colour code Insulation conductors (data core) Halogen-free Insulation outer sheath Halogenfree Colour outer sheath Screened (copper / steel) Outside diameter mm Operating voltage 300 / 600 V Temperature range °C

PUR or external screened cables may not be suitable for some food processing installations. For such applications

0.75

0.50

numeric code

PVC

ETFE

no 2

yes 2

no 2

yes 2

0.34

colour code

PVC

ETFE

no PVC

yes PUR

no PVC

yes PUR

yes

black

orange

black

orange

black

orange

–

copper

–

copper

–

copper

9.20 ±0.3

9.98 ±0.3

9.20 ±0.3

9.80 ±0.3

7.10 ±0.3

6.80 ±0.3

7.60 ±0.3

7.80 ±0.2

600

-20 to +105 acc. UL UL/cUL

-20 to -20 to +80 -20 to +80 +105 acc. acc. UL acc. UL UL UL/cUL UL/cUL UL/cUL

-20 to +105 acc. UL UL/cUL

Approval

266

Specification

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

S-series

an optional blue cable protection cover can be ordered. The cover provides protection against UV light and cleaning agents. When ordering the external blue cover please chose a cable gland from the product pages. Reference number

S1K0F9

S1K001

S1K010

S1KN07

S1KS02

Main core (quantity) Cross section mm² Numeric code or colour code Insulation conductors (main core) Halogen-free Data core (quantity) Cross section mm² Numeric code or colour code Insulation conductors (data core) Halogen-free Insulation outer sheath Halogen- free Colour of outer sheath Screened (copper / steel) Outside diameter mm Operating voltage V Operating voltage acc. to UL V Temperature range °C

9 0.75 numeric code + colour code PVC no – – –

6 0.75 colour code

PVC no – – –

PP yes – – –

7 0.75 numeric code + colour code PVC no – – –

PP yes – – –

– – PVC no black – 7.30 460/800

– – PVC no black – 7.15 460/800

– – PUR yes grey – 7.15 450/750

– – PVC no black – 7.15 300/500

– – PUR yes grey copper 7.15 460/800

300/500

340/600

300/500

-40 to +105 -40 to +80 (UL) UL/cUL

-40 to +90 -40 to +80 (UL) UL/cUL

-40 to +105 -40 to +80 (UL) UL/cUL

Approval

www.interroll.com

267

Material

Oi l

Specification Oil

All drum motors are supplied with oil adequate for the drive. Mineral, synthetic, food-grade and low temperature oil is available. Food-grade oil is FDA and USDA approved and the ISO viscosity classes are according to ISO 3498-1979. Drum motor

Oil type

Ambient temperature

Viscosity

Reference number

80S

Mineral Food-grade, synthetic Low temperature, food-grade, synthetic

+10 to +40 °C +10 to +40 °C -25 to +20 °C

ISO VG 68 ISO VG 68 ISO VG 15

OL0168 OL0002 OL0215

Mineral Food-grade, synthetic Low temperature, food-grade, synthetic Mineral Low temperature, food-grade, synthetic Low temperature, food-grade, synthetic Mineral Low temperature, food-grade, synthetic Mineral Food-grade, synthetic Low temperature, food-grade, synthetic

0 to +40 °C 0 to +40 °C -25 to +20 °C +5 to +40 °C -20 to +40 °C -10 to +40 °C +5 to +40 °C -25 to +40 °C +10 to +40 °C +10 to +40 °C -10 to +15 °C

ISO VG 32 ISO VG 32 ISO VG 15 ISO VG 100 ISO VG 68 ISO VG 68 ISO VG 100 ISO VG 150 ISO VG 100 ISO VG 150 ISO VG 68

OL0132 OL0232 OL0215 OL0003 OL0002 OL0002 OL0003 OL0001 OL0003 OL0001 OL0002

80S, 3-phase motor 113S

80i 80i with brake 113i to 315i 113i to 315i with brake

Note: For temperatures below +1 °C Interroll recommends applying an anti-condensation DC voltage to the winding to prevent damage to the seals, starting issues or brake malfunction. Please refer to the motor version tables for correct DC voltage. Food-grade, synthetic oil is according to NDF, ISO 21469 and FDA

268

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

269

Planning Section

C o n n ec t i o n D i ag r a m s Abbreviations

Explanation of abbreviations: TC: Thermal control BR: Electromagnetic brake NC: not connected rd: red ye: yellow bu: blue bk: black

Rotation

1~: 1-phase motor 3~: 3-phase motor

Cr: Capacitor run Cs: Capacitor start

gy: grey gn: green bn: brown pk: pink

wh: white or: orange vi: violet ( ): alternative colour

Connection Diagrams

E32

E33

Note: The rotational direction of the drum motor is shown on the connection diagrams. The rotation indicated is Fig.: 3-phase operation, 6 lead cable, winding for 1 voltage, delta or star connection (internally connected)

correct when looking at the drum motor from the connection side.

Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

Connection Diagrams for Interroll Drum Motors 80S, 113S Cable connections

E12

E30

E31

E12

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 7 lead cable, winding for 1 voltage, delta or star connection (internally connected) Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage Fig.: 1-phase operation, 6 lead cable E10

E10

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 9 lead cable, winding for 2 voltages, delta or star connection Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

Fig.: 1-phase operation, 7 lead cable

270

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

271

Planning Section

C o n n ec t i o n D i ag r a m s Terminal box

E20

E21

Connection Diagrams

E44

E45

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 9 lead cable, winding for 2 voltages, delta or star connection Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

Fig.: 1-phase operation, 7 lead cable E20B

E21B

E40B

E41B

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 9 lead cable, winding for 1 voltage, delta or star connection (internally connected), Fig.: 1-phase operation, 9 lead cable, with brake

with brake Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

272

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

273

Planning Section

C o n n ec t i o n D i ag r a m s Connection Diagrams for Interroll Drum Motors 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i, 216i, 217i, 315i Cable connections

Connection Diagrams

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 4+2 lead cable, winding for 1 voltage, delta or star connection (internally connected) Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage Fig.: 1-phase operation, 7+2 lead cable 10B

30B

31B

10B

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 7+2 lead cable, winding for 1 voltage, delta or star connection (internally connected), with brake

Fig.: 1-phase operation, 7+2 lead cable, with brake

Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

274

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

275

Planning Section

C o n n ec t i o n D i ag r a m s 34

Connection Diagrams

Terminal box

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 7+2 lead cable, winding for 2 voltages, delta or star connection Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

Fig.: 1-phase operation

20B

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 7+2 lead cable, 2 speeds, delta or double star connection Delta connection: Low speed; Double star connection: High speed

Fig.: 1-phase operation, with brake

276

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

277

Planning Section

C o n n ec t i o n D i ag r a m s 40B

Diagrams

41B

Fig.: 3-phase operation, winding for 1 voltage, delta or star connection, with brake (internally connected) Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

Connection

Fig.: 3-phase operation, 7+2 lead cable, 2 speeds, delta or double star connection Delta connection: Low speed; Double star connection: High speed

Fig.: 3-phase operation, winding for 2 voltages, delta or star connection Delta connection: Low voltage; Star connection: High voltage

278

Planning Overview p 212

Standard Drum Motors p 12

Cool-Running Drum Motors p 90

www.interroll.com

279

C o n f ig u r ato r Acc esso r i es Mounting Brackets Anti-vibration brackets 80S, 113S only

Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

Light-duty flanged bracket for drum motor 80S, 113S only

Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

Light-duty flanged bracket for idler pulley 80S, 113S only

Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

Heavy-duty flanged bracket, Aluminium 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i drum motors and idler pulleys

Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

Heavy-duty flanged bracket, PE 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i drum motors and idler pulleys

Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

Plummer block for drum motor and idler 80i, 113i, 138i, 165i, 216i, 217i, 315i drum motors and idler pulleys

Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

see p 172 ___, __________________ ___, __________________ see p 174 ___, __________________ ___, __________________ see p 176 ___, __________________ ___, __________________ see p 178 ___, __________________ ___, __________________ see p 182 ___, __________________ ___, __________________ see p 186 ___, __________________ ___, __________________

Idler Pulleys Idler pulley with integral bearing Quantity _______ Shell lagging m Same as drum motor Shell

End housing Shaft Shaft cap S-series External seal i-series

m m m m m m m m

Crowned

see p 188

m m

None

m m m m m m

Stainless steel

Cylindrical

Cylindrical with key

With chain sprockets

m m m

Cross-drilled thread

Special crowns and grooves Mild steel With V-grooves Aluminium Mild steel Aluminium Mild steel, galvanised labyrinth

Idler pulley without bearings Series 7000 Quantity, ref. no.: Idler pulley with bearings Series 7000 Quantity, ref. no.:

With O-grooves Stainless steel Stainless steel With cable protection Stainless steel labyrinth see p 192 ___,________________ see p 194 ___, ________________

Regreasable, stainless steel Stainless steel labyrinth with FPM

RL: _______ RL: _______

Drive Pulleys Drive pulley without bearing Series 7000 Quantity, ref. no.: Drive pulley with bearing Series 7000 Quantity, ref. no.:

see p 196 ___, ________________ see p 198 ___, ________________

RL: _______ RL: _______

Conveyor Rollers Conveyor Roller Series 1450 Quantity, ref. no.: Universal Conveyor Roller Series 1700 Quantity, ref. no.:

see p 200 ___, ________________ see p 202 ___, ________________

RL: _______ RL: _______

Frequency Converters X200

see p 206

SJ200 Additional EMC filter

Quantity, ref. no.: see p 206 Quantity, ref. no.: Quantity, ref. no.:

___, __________________ ___, __________________ ___, __________________

C o n f ig u r ato r i - S e r i es Drum Motor Required delivery time Contact and reference Quantity Application Mounting Motor Data: Motor type

Rated power Number of poles Rated speed Gear ratio Rated voltage Frequency Versions: Length Shell profile Shell material End housing External seal Shaft Cable connector

Cable outer sheath and shielding Cable length Terminal box Oil Certifications Control Options Backstop Dynamic Balancing Electromagnetic brake Rectifier Low resolution encoder High resolution encoder Shell Lagging Options (NBR) Vulcanization Colour Lagging for friction drive belt

Profiled lagging for positive drive belts (hot vulcanised only)

C o n f ig u r ato r S - S e r i es Drum Motor

m m m

___ /___ /____ Company ___________________ ________________________________________________________________ _____ Friction drive belt m Positive drive belt / No belt m Type of industry:____________ Dry Wet m m Ambient temperature: _____°C Horizontal (max ± 5°) Other angle of mounting:_____________ m

m m

80i m 113i 216i m 217i 80i - derated m 113i - derated _____ kW _____ _____ m/s at 50 Hz _____ 230 V m 400 V 50 Hz m 60 Hz

m m m m m m m

SL: _____ mm Crowned Mild steel Aluminium Mild steel, galvanised labyrinth Stainless steel (standard) Mild steel (standard) Straight, brass/nickel

m m m m m m ü m m m m m m

m m m

138i 315i 138i - derated

165i

165i - derated

Variable speed: from ______ to _____ m/s at 50 Hz

690 V (for 315i only)

m m m m m m m

Elbow, techno-polymer Standard, unscreened Halogen-free, unscreened 1 m m 3 m Aluminium Mineral (standard) CE

m m m m m m m

Elbow, stainless steel Standard, screened Halogen-free, screened 5 m m 10 m Stainless steel Synthetic (FDA) UL approved

Clockwise 5 g m 8 g 24 V DC m 104 V DC Half wave rectifier Fast acting rectifier 32 pulses per rotor revolution (for 80i, 113i, 138i) 256 pulses per rotor revolution

m m m m m m

Counter-clockwise 10 g 180 V DC m 207 V DC Phase rectifier m Multiswitch rectifier 48 pulses per rotor revolution (for 165i, 216i, 217i) 512 pulses per rotor m revolution

Cold White (FDA) 2 mm * 3 mm m m 4 mm 10 mm m 8 mm m 12 mm * Hot vulcanised only Surface m Smooth m Diamond patterned V-grooved (hot vulcanised only): m K6 m K8 m K15 m K17 Manufacturer of belt: _________________________________ Number of teeth: ___________ Pitch circle diameter: ______ mm

m m m m

Mounting

m m m

Motor Data: Motor type

Rated power Number of poles Rated speed

216i - derated

EL: _____ mm Cylindrical Stainless steel Stainless steel Stainless steel labyrinth Cross-drilled thread, stainless steel Cross-drilled thread, mild steel Straight, stainless steel

Hot Black Thickness:

Required delivery time Contact and Reference Quantity Application

Gear ratio Rated voltage

Other: _____ V, 3-phase

Frequency Versions: Length Shell profile

AGL: _____ mm Cylindrical with key

Shell material End housing

Stainless steel labyrinth with FPM

Shaft cap Cable connector

m m

Straight/elbow connector, techno-polymer Special cable slot connector

Cable outer sheath and shielding Cable length Terminal box

m m m

Techno-polymer Low temperature FDA / EC 1935/2004

Oil Certifications Control Options (80S only) Backstop Shell Lagging Options (NBR) Vulcanization Colour

Bridge rectifier

m m m m m m m m

___ /___ /____ Company __________________________ ________________________________________________________________ _____ Friction drive belt m Positive drive belt / No belt m Type of industry:____________ Dry

m m

Wet

_____ kW _____ _____ m/s at 50 Hz

Variable speed: from ______ to _____ m/s at 50 Hz

_____ 230 V

Other: ___ V

Horizontal (max ± 5°) 80S

50 Hz

m m

400 V

Mild steel Aluminium Aluminium (standard) Straight, stainless steel Gland, screened cable, blue cover Standard, unscreened

Longitudinal grooves

m m

K10 m K13 Other or multiple (drawing required) Type: ____________________ Belt material: _____________

Aluminium with cable protection

AGL: _____ mm Cylindrical with key

Stainless steel, regreasable

Gland, copper stocking, blue cover

m m

Low temperature

m m

Blue

Longitudinal grooves

K10

Elbow, stainless steel Gland, copper stocking

Counter-clockwise

m m

Hot

Cold

2 mm *

m m m

8 mm

* Hot vulcanised only

3 m

Aluminium Mineral (standard)

Black

m m

3-phase

Stainless steel

Clockwise

Stainless steel

1 m

1-phase

EL: _____ mm Cylindrical

Halogen-free, unscreened

V-grooved (hot vulcanised only):

6 mm

m m m m m m

Standard, screened

1024 pulses per rotor revolution

60 Hz

Surface

Blue 5 mm 14 mm *

Other angle of mounting:_____________

m m m m m m

m m m m m ü

Ambient temperature: _____°C

113S

SL: _____ mm Crowned

Lagging for friction drive belt Thickness:

m m m

Profiled lagging for positive Manufacturer of belt: drive belts (hot vulcanised only) Number of teeth: ___________

m m m m

Halogen-free, screened 5 m

10 m

Stainless steel Synthetic (FDA) UL approved

White (FDA) 3 mm

4 mm

Smooth

FDA / EC 1935/2004

5 mm

6 mm

Diamond patterned K6

K13

Other or multiple (drawing required)

_________________________________ Pitch circle diameter: ______ mm

Type: ____________________ Belt material: _____________

Art has a positive influence on the work environment and the internal processes governing these structures. Interroll Corporate Art is to

Interroll – C o r po r at e A rt

channel this creative potential to create a dialogue that embraces art and business as vehicles of communication and to establish an environment in which the spirit of thought is allowed to flourish.

He lives in dreams. He loves the dark arts and

This Berlin artist allowed his unusual works

arising out of the unconscious. All this is what

to convert the familiar into the alien and

Steffen Geisler represents in grandiose spatial

the alien into the familiar when his art was

art with theatre-like

exhibited at Interroll‘s Swiss headquarters in

installations and

Sant‘Antonino – thus, he provokes. To think

bold imagery.